INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA INC
424B1, 1996-05-09
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: SYNAPTIC PHARMACEUTICAL CORP, 10-Q, 1996-05-09
Next: INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA INC, 424B1, 1996-05-09



<PAGE>
                                              Filed Pursuant to Rule 424 (b) (i)
                                              Registration No. 33-34738
PROSPECTUS
 
[LOGO OF                       $330,000,000
 INTERMEDIA
 COMMUNICATIONS   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 APPEARS HERE]
                    12 1/2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006
 
  Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc. ("ICI" or the "Company") is
hereby offering (the "Offering") $330,000,000 principal amount at maturity of
12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Senior Discount Notes"). The
issue price of each of the Senior Discount Notes will be $545.21 per $1,000
principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount Notes. The Senior Discount
Notes will mature on May 15, 2006.
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will be issued at a substantial discount from
their principal amount. Cash interest will not accrue on the Senior Discount
Notes prior to May 15, 2001. Commencing November 15, 2001, cash interest on
the Senior Discount Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15
and November 15 at a rate of 12 1/2% per annum. Holders of the Senior Discount
Notes will be required to report income for tax purposes in advance of the
receipt of cash payments to which such income is attributable. See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Considerations." The Senior Discount Notes will be
redeemable at the option of the Company at any time, in whole or in part, on
or after May 15, 2001, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, in the
event of a Change of Control (as defined herein) prior to May 15, 2001, each
holder of the Senior Discount Notes will have the right to require the Company
to repurchase all or any part of such holder's Senior Discount Notes at a
repurchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value (as defined herein)
thereof or, in the case of any such purchase on or after May 15, 2001, at 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of purchase.
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the
Company ranking pari passu in right of payment of principal and interest with
all other existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, including
the Company's 13 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Existing Senior
Notes"), which are secured by certain pledged securities, and will rank senior
to any future subordinated indebtedness. As of December 31, 1995, on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the Offering, the offering (the "Concurrent
Offering") of 4,496,689 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.01
per share (the "Common Stock") by the Company and certain selling stockholders
and the consummation of the EMI Acquisition (as defined herein), the Company
would have had approximately $355.9 million of senior indebtedness
outstanding, including trade payables, approximately $6.2 million of which
would have been secured (excluding the Existing Senior Notes), and the
Company's subsidiaries would have had approximately $24.7 million of
indebtedness outstanding, including trade payables.
 
  The Offering is contingent upon consummation of the Concurrent Offering. The
Company has not applied and does not intend to apply for the listing of the
Senior Discount Notes on any securities exchange or for quotation through the
Nasdaq National Market.
 
                               ---------------
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 15 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED
               WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES.
 
                               ---------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
  THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          PRINCIPAL
                          AMOUNT AT     PRICE TO    DISCOUNTS AND  PROCEEDS TO THE
                           MATURITY   THE PUBLIC(1) COMMISSIONS(2)  COMPANY(1)(3)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
Per Senior Discount
 Note..................      100%        54.521%        1.908%         52.613%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total..................  $330,000,000 $179,919,300    $6,297,175    $173,622,125
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(1) Plus the amount of accrued original issue discount, if any, from May 14,
    1996.
(2) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters (as defined herein)
    against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
    Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(3) Before deducting offering expenses payable by the Company estimated at
    $480,000.
 
                               ---------------
 
  The Senior Discount Notes are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them,
subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters
and certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw,
cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of the Senior Discount Notes will be made against
payment therefor in New York, New York on or about May 14, 1996.
 
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
 
                             MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
                                       INCORPORATED
                                                            MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                  The date of this Prospectus is May 8, 1996.
<PAGE>
 


                     [INTERMEDIA ENHANCED NETWORK DIAGRAM] 

<PAGE>
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SENIOR
DISCOUNT NOTES OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE
PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK
ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10b-6A UNDER THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                         FOR CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY
 
  WITH RESPECT TO SALES OF THE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES OFFERED HEREBY TO
CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS, SUCH SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES MAY BE SOLD ONLY TO THE
FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS: (1) "ACCREDITED INVESTORS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (2) BANKS, SAVINGS
AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS, TRUST COMPANIES, INSURANCE COMPANIES, INVESTMENT
COMPANIES REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, PENSION AND
PROFIT SHARING TRUSTS, CORPORATIONS OR OTHER ENTITIES WHICH, TOGETHER WITH THE
CORPORATION'S OR OTHER ENTITY'S AFFILIATES WHICH ARE UNDER COMMON CONTROL,
HAVE A NET WORTH ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS ACCORDING TO THEIR MOST RECENT
REGULARLY PREPARED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (WHICH SHALL HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, BUT
NOT NECESSARILY AUDITED, BY OUTSIDE ACCOUNTANTS) OF NOT LESS THAN $14,000,000
AND SUBSIDIARIES OF THE FOREGOING OR (3) PERSONS WHO HAVE EITHER: (I) A NET
WORTH (EXCLUSIVE OF HOME, HOME FURNISHINGS AND AUTOMOBILES) OF AT LEAST
$250,000 AND AN ANNUAL GROSS INCOME OF AT LEAST $75,000, OR (II) IRRESPECTIVE
OF ANNUAL GROSS INCOME, A NET WORTH OF AT LEAST $500,000 (EXCLUSIVE OF HOME,
HOME FURNISHINGS AND AUTOMOBILES). EACH CALIFORNIA RESIDENT PURCHASING THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER ANY OF SUCH
SECURITIES TO A CALIFORNIA RESIDENT UNLESS THE TRANSFEREE COMES WITHIN ONE OF
THE AFOREMENTIONED CATEGORIES AND IT WILL ADVISE THE TRANSFEREE OF THIS
CONDITION WHICH TRANSFEREE, BY BECOMING SUCH, WILL BE DEEMED TO BE BOUND BY
THE SAME RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").
Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, its Midwest
Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
and its Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York,
New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "ICIX". Reports, proxy and information
statements and other information concerning the Company can also be inspected
at the Nasdaq National Market at 1735 17 Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract
or other document are not necessarily complete, and reference is made to the
copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit hereto or as an
exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1995, which is incorporated herein by reference, each such
statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
  The following documents or information have been filed by the Company with
the Commission and are incorporated herein by reference:
 
    The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
  1995.
 
    The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
  February 21, 1996.
 
    The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
  March 13, 1996.
 
    The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
  April 30, 1996 including the exhibits thereto.
 
    The Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
  31, 1996.
 
    The description of capital stock contained in the Company's registration
  statements on Form 8-A under the Exchange Act, filed April 7, 1992, April
  28, 1992 and April 30, 1992 (File No. 0-20135).
 
  All documents subsequently filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of
this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering covered by this
Prospectus will be deemed incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and
to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents. Any statement
contained in a document incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be
modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
  THE COMPANY HEREBY UNDERTAKES TO PROVIDE WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON TO
WHOM A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN DELIVERED, UPON THE WRITTEN OR ORAL
REQUEST OF SUCH PERSON TO INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC., 3625
QUEEN PALM DRIVE, TAMPA, FLORIDA 33619 (TELEPHONE 813-621-0011), ATTENTION:
INVESTOR RELATIONS, A COPY OF ANY OR ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS REFERRED TO ABOVE
(OTHER THAN EXHIBITS TO SUCH DOCUMENTS) WHICH HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information including the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. References in this Prospectus to the "Company" or
"ICI" means Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc. together with its
subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. Certain terms used
herein are defined in the Glossary attached hereto as Appendix A.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  ICI is a rapidly growing provider of integrated telecommunication services.
Founded in 1987 as one of the nation's first facilities-based competitive
access providers ("CAPs"), the Company currently operates digital, fiber optic
networks in nine metropolitan areas and has one network under development.
Expanding beyond provision of traditional CAP services, the Company now
provides enhanced network services, including frame relay and Internet access
services, primarily to business and government customers, in approximately 600
cities nationwide, and is a facilities-based interexchange carrier providing
services, to approximately 10,000 customers. ICI intends to begin providing a
range of local exchange services in Florida in the second half of 1996 and in
other parts of its service territory as requisite approvals are obtained. ICI
has continued to increase its customer base and network density in the
Southeast and its customers' traffic to locations outside its existing service
territory continues to increase. The Company has pursued (and will continue to
pursue) attractive opportunities to expand into other geographic markets.
 
  The Company's goal is to become the single source provider of comprehensive
telecommunications services to its customers. To accomplish this goal, the
Company's strategy is to systematically secure a growing portion of a
customer's telecommunications business and, over time, through the provision of
additional integrated services, increase the customer's reliance on, and sense
of partnership with, the Company. In addition, with the advent of state and
federal laws mandating local exchange competition, significant opportunities
exist for the Company to increase its market share and reach new market
segments by allowing other parties, including interexchange carriers ("IXCs"),
to resell ICI's local exchange services, when available.
 
  ICI's strategy is designed to build a base of recurring revenues and to take
advantage of the increasing requirements of business and government customers
for more effective and efficient solutions to their telecommunications needs.
These customers require maximum reliability, high quality service, broad
geographic coverage (including end-to-end connectivity), solutions-oriented
customer service and the timely introduction of innovative services. These
customers also demand that services be delivered in a cost-effective manner
and, preferably, from a single source. The Company is well positioned to
satisfy such customer requirements due to (i) the successful negotiation of
interconnection co-carrier agreements for Florida with BellSouth
Telecommunication, Inc. ("BellSouth"), GTE Florida Incorporated ("GTE") and
Sprint United Telephone-Florida/Centel-Florida ("Sprint-United") and the
implementation of network to network interfaces ("NNIs") for frame relay data
transmission with each of such carriers, (ii) a specialized sales and service
approach employing engineering and sales professionals who design and implement
customized, cost-effective telecommunications solutions, (iii) the ongoing
development and integration of new telecommunications services and (iv) the
strategic deployment of voice and data switches and digital fiber optic
networks designed with redundancy and diversity.
 
  In December 1994, the Company acquired Phone One, Inc. ("Phone One"), a
facilities-based interexchange carrier providing services to customers
primarily located in Florida and Georgia. In July 1995, the Company consummated
its acquisition of FiberNet USA, Inc. and FiberNet Telecommunications of
Cincinnati, Inc. (collectively "FiberNet") thereby expanding its fiber optic
networks into four additional metropolitan areas. On February 20, 1996, the
Company entered into an agreement to purchase the telecommunications division
of EMI Communications Corp. ("EMI"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newhouse
Broadcasting Corporation (the "EMI
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Acquisition"), for 937,500 shares of ICI Common Stock. EMI's telecommunications
division, headquartered in Syracuse, New York, is a provider of frame relay
based network services and interexchange private line services primarily over
digital microwave networks in the northeastern United States. For the year
ended December 31, 1995, EMI's revenues were approximately $43 million and the
combined pro forma revenues of ICI and EMI were approximately $82 million.
Although ICI believes the EMI Acquisition will be consummated, there can be no
assurance that the conditions to the closing of such transaction will be
satisfied and that the transaction will be consummated. The FiberNet and Phone
One acquisitions have allowed (and the pending EMI Acquisition will allow) ICI
to (i) expand its customer base and increase its exposure to additional
interregional customers, (ii) introduce additional business customers to all of
the Company's service offerings, (iii) add long distance to its portfolio of
service offerings, (iv) reduce costs by eliminating overlapping facilities and
removing duplicate NNIs and (v) create synergies between long distance and
local service offerings such as economies of scale, usage sensitive billing
capabilities and cross-selling opportunities.
 
  Subject to receipt by the Company of the requisite approvals, the Company
intends to deploy switching equipment to provide local exchange and switched
access services in each of its principal markets. These new switches will also
augment the Company's interexchange services. The Company recently began to
deploy such switching equipment in Florida and intends to deploy four switches
in Florida during 1996. In addition, the Company is the first alternative local
exchange carrier to enter into interconnection co-carrier agreements for
Florida with each of BellSouth, GTE and Sprint-United, the three major
providers of local exchange services in Florida, which provide for reciprocal
rights to terminate traffic on each other's networks. Based upon Federal
Communications Commission ("FCC") data and the Company's knowledge of the
industry, the Company estimates that the market for local network services in
1995 was $5.0 billion in Florida, and $95 billion in the United States,
substantially all of which is currently served by local exchange carriers
("LECs").
 
  The Company has nine digital, fiber optic networks in service and one under
development in a total of ten metropolitan areas. As of December 31, 1995, this
infrastructure was comprised of 17,128 fiber miles and 504 route miles and was
connected to 380 buildings. ICI continues to expand these networks and has
identified expansion opportunities in other selected markets. This expansion
should enable the Company to (i) achieve economies of scale in the management
of its networks as well as the marketing and sales of its services, including
local exchange services, (ii) more effectively service customers that have a
presence in multiple metropolitan areas and (iii) reach a significant number of
new customers.
 
  The Company has also undertaken a major expansion of its intercity network to
satisfy the growing demands for enhanced network services, including frame
relay networking services, ATM and Internet access. As a result, the Company
had approximately 2,300 nodes, serving customer locations in 600 cities as of
December 31, 1995 (not including the approximately 1,500 nodes in approximately
400 cities served by EMI), as compared to approximately 900 nodes, serving
customer locations in 336 cities as of December 31, 1994. Enhanced network
services, which are currently provided primarily on the Company's frame relay
network, are specialized interexchange services offered by the Company for
customers that need to transport large amounts of data among multiple
locations. To address the growing demand for end-to-end connectivity and
interoperability throughout the United States, in 1994, ICI created, in
conjunction with EMI and three other regional telecommunications companies, the
UniSPAN(C) consortium. This consortium, along with ICI's relationship with
certain other carriers, allows the Company to terminate traffic both nationally
and internationally utilizing other companies' networks and provides a flow of
traffic onto the Company's networks. In addition, to further increase efficient
access to a greater customer base, ICI and EMI have successfully established
approximately 100 NNIs which interconnect their frame relay networks to those
of BellSouth, Bell Atlantic Telephone Companies, Sprint-United, NYNEX
Corporation, Ameritech Operating Companies, Southern New England Telephone
Company, GTE and other carriers. According to industry sources, the frame relay
services market is projected to grow at the rate of 84% per year through 1997
from its 1993 base of $144 million; however, there can be no assurance that
such market growth will be realized or that the assumptions underlying such
projections are reliable.
 
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
  ICI was incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9, 1987, as the
successor to a Florida corporation that was founded in 1986. The Company's
principal offices are located at 3625 Queen Palm Drive, Tampa, Florida 33619,
and its telephone number is (813) 621-0011.
 
CORPORATE STRATEGY
 
  The Company's goals, and its strategy for achieving them, distinguish the
Company from many of its competitors. The Company's goal is to be a provider of
a comprehensive set of integrated telecommunications services to a broad range
of business and government customers, both directly and through resellers. The
Company has developed the staff and knowledge-based skills required to market
its services directly to business and government customers, as well as to
resellers. The Company believes this strategy reduces the risk that accompanies
the dependence on a few large customers. In addition, the Company has a
substantial base of customers to whom it can market local exchange services
when introduced. The significant capacity inherent in the Company's networks
also provides the Company with the opportunity to offer additional services
without a commensurate increase in operating expenses. ICI provides its
customers with a specialized sales and service approach that enhances the cost
effectiveness, value and reliability of the Company's service offerings to its
customers.
 
  In order to become the single source provider of comprehensive
telecommunications services to its customers, ICI has developed operating
strategies designed to attract and retain customers, optimize the operational
and cost structure of its networks and achieve desired growth. Below are the
important components of these strategies.
 
  Customer Strategy
  ----------------- 
  Provide Single-Source Telecommunications Services. The Company's service
portfolio currently includes: high capacity access and private line services,
high speed data networking (i.e., frame relay and ATM), Internet services,
interexchange long distance services, switched access transport and integration
services. The Company intends to continue to expand its service offerings to
customers, including providing local exchange services beginning in 1996, in
order to become a single-source provider of telecommunications services. Recent
state and federal legislation has opened the local exchange services market to
competition which until recently could only be serviced by the LECs. See
"Business--Government Regulation." A single-source capability provides
significant advantages for the customer and for the Company. Not only does this
capability address customers' complex requirements associated with integration
of diverse networks and technologies at various locations, but it also reduces
customers' administrative burdens associated with service charges, billing,
network monitoring, implementation, coordination and maintenance. The Company
also believes that expanding its service offerings will be advantageous
operationally as the Company is able to introduce additional services through
existing networks and customer connections thereby leveraging the significant
capacity inherent in its digital networks.
 
  Focus on Business and Government Customers. The Company's portfolio of
service offerings, customer service approach, highly reliable networks, broad
geographic coverage and integration capabilities are well-suited to serve the
demands of telecommunications-intensive business and government customers. The
Company's existing business customer base includes firms in the retail,
financial services, grocery, manufacturing and other industry segments. The
Company has entered into a contract with the State of Florida to provide frame
relay based network services for the State Division of Communications. These
services will be deployed statewide and utilized by many of the State's
agencies. In addition, upon the consummation of the EMI Acquisition, the
Company would be a provider of telecommunications services to the State of New
York's Empire Net which connects numerous agencies within the State. The
Company believes that its success in providing these services to government
agencies will be replicated in other states within the Company's service
territory.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
 
  Develop IXC and Value-Added Reseller Relationships. Recent changes in state
and federal regulation have accelerated ICI's ability to deliver local exchange
services and have provided LECs with incentives to foster local exchange
competition. In addition, as the IXCs enter the local exchange business, the
Company believes that they will seek to gain access to the local exchange
services market by either developing local network capacity or by purchasing
such capacity from alternative service providers. The Company believes that
these developments are likely to make ICI an attractive choice for joint
ventures and preferred vendor arrangements with the IXCs, LECs and other
telecommunications related companies. Such arrangements would benefit the
Company by enabling ICI to more rapidly recover its capital investment in
switches by increasing the traffic through its networks. These arrangements
should enable ICI to achieve greater market share and reach new market segments
more rapidly than it could otherwise. The Company intends to solicit IXCs, out
of region LECs, cable companies and other value added resellers to resell its
local exchange services, when available.
 
  Maintain and Develop Long-Term Relationships. By providing customized
telecommunications solutions to its customers, the Company develops a sense of
partnership with its customers. As a result, the Company believes that a
growing portion of its revenue base will be associated with long-term customer
relationships.
 
  Provide Cost-Effective Service Offerings. ICI has developed a number of
innovative services designed to provide cost-effective telecommunications
solutions to its customers. Each of the Company's individually packaged
services is competitively priced and when integrated into a comprehensive
telecommunications package provides significant value over comparable LEC and
IXC service offerings. The Company believes that the introduction of its
services at competitive market rates has stimulated demand from small to
medium-sized customers thereby broadening the market for ICI's services.
 
  Expand Solutions-Oriented Sales Effort. The Company has rapidly expanded and
intends to continue to expand the utilization of its direct sales and support
team consisting of engineering and sales professionals to (i) increase the
level of integration between the Company's and the customer's operations thus
making the customer more reliant on the Company's services and (ii) broaden the
services that can be offered by the Company. During 1995, ICI increased its
sales representatives from 39 to 57. The Company believes its solutions-
oriented sales approach enables the Company to provide customers with effective
customized solutions to their telecommunications requirements.
 
  Network Strategy
  ---------------- 
  Control Franchise Points of the Networks. The Company focuses its capital
deployment on the segments of its networks that the Company believes will
provide it with the highest revenue potential and the greatest long-term
competitive advantage. The Company believes that connections to customers and
building entries represent an important strategic component of its networks.
These connections provide the Company with the platform to sell a variety of
services to existing or potential customers within a building. ICI also
believes that the deployment of switching technology and advanced network
electronics enables the Company to better configure its networks to provide
cost effective and customized solutions to its customers. The ability to offer
these types of solutions differentiates ICI from commodity transport service
providers.
 
  Extend Coverage to Provide End-to-End Connectivity. The Company has entered
into interconnection co-carrier agreements with the large LECs in Florida,
which allow the Company access to substantially all business and government
telephones in Florida. The Company anticipates entering into similar
arrangements with LECs in other markets. To better serve its end user
customers, the Company has also interconnected its frame relay network to those
of BellSouth, GTE, Bell Atlantic and several other carriers, thereby
substantially expanding the reach of its networks. Upon consummation of the EMI
Acquisition, ICI would provide originating and terminating transport services
in 45 states and maintain points of presence ("POPs") for interexchange and
enhanced network services in most major cities in these states.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 
  Deploy Capital Cost Effectively on a Demand Driven Basis. The increasing
geographic coverage of the Company's services and the growing availability of
leased capacity at competitive rates have led the Company to lease network
capacity in various areas prior to, or in lieu of, building additional
capacity. Utilizing leased facilities enables the Company to (i) meet
customers' needs more rapidly, (ii) improve the utilization of ICI's existing
networks, (iii) add revenue producing customers before building networks
thereby reducing the risks associated with network construction and (iv) focus
its capital expenditures in geographic areas where network construction or
acquisition will provide a competitive advantage.
 
  Growth Strategy
  --------------- 
  Accelerate Internal Growth. By focusing on business and government customers
and maintaining high-quality and cost-effective services, the Company generated
significant internal growth. The Company believes that its customer and network
strategies will continue to enable ICI to expand its services and markets,
increase its revenue base and effectively compete in a dynamic marketplace.
 
  Selectively Acquire Existing Networks and Services. Over the past few years,
a portion of the Company's growth has been accomplished through acquisitions
(such as FiberNet, Phone One and EMI (pending)) and joint ventures or selling
relationships (such as those ICI has with its UniSPAN(C) partners). The Company
continues to examine from time to time various acquisition and joint venture
proposals to accelerate its rate of growth. In addition to the usual financial
considerations, ICI assesses each opportunity to determine if either: (i)
current network traffic into and out of the geographic areas served by the
target company warrant developing a presence in those geographic areas or (ii)
the target company offers services consistent with the Company's service
portfolio which are not currently offered by ICI utilizing technology
compatible with that utilized by ICI. Furthermore, ICI carefully evaluates the
target company's corporate culture to assess its ability to integrate the
target company's personnel and systems into the Company. While management does
not believe that acquisitions are necessary to achieve the Company's strategic
goals, strategic alliances with or acquisitions of appropriate companies may
accelerate achievement of those goals by creating operating synergies and more
rapid expansion of the Company's networks or services. Although the Company
considers potential acquisitions from time to time, other than the EMI
Acquisition, no agreement or agreement in principle has been reached for any
acquisition.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Securities Offered..........  $330,000,000 principal amount at maturity of 12
                              1/2% Senior Discount Notes due May 15, 2006 of
                              the Company. The Senior Discount Notes will be
                              issued at a discount from their principal amount
                              to generate gross proceeds of $179.9 million.
 
Issue Price.................  $545.21 per $1,000 stated principal amount at
                              maturity of the Senior Discount Notes.
 
Maturity Date...............  May 15, 2006.
 
Interest....................  The Senior Discount Notes will accrete at a rate
                              of 12 1/2% compounded semi-annually, to an
                              aggregate principal amount of $330,000,000 by May
                              15, 2001. No interest will be payable on the
                              Senior Discount Notes prior to November 15, 2001.
                              The Senior Discount Notes will accrue interest at
                              a rate of 12 1/2% per annum from May 15, 2001,
                              payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and
                              November 15, commencing November 15, 2001.
 
Yield.......................  12 1/2% per annum, computed on a semi-annual bond
                              equivalent basis and calculated from May 15,
                              1996.
 
Optional Redemption.........  The Senior Discount Notes may be redeemed at the
                              option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or
                              after May 15, 2001, at a premium declining to par
                              in 2004, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
                              any, through the redemption date.
 
                              In the event of the sale by the Company prior to
                              May 15, 1999 of its capital stock (other than
                              Disqualified Stock (as defined herein)) to a
                              Strategic Investor (as defined herein), in a
                              single transaction or a series of related
                              transactions, for an aggregate purchase price
                              equal to or exceeding $50.0 million, up to a
                              maximum of 25% of the aggregate amount of the
                              Senior Discount Notes originally issued will, at
                              the option of the Company, be redeemable from the
                              net cash proceeds of such sale to such Strategic
                              Investor (but only to the extent such proceeds
                              consist of cash or readily marketable cash
                              equivalents received in respect of the capital
                              stock (other than Disqualified Stock) so sold) at
                              a redemption price equal to 112 1/2% of the
                              Accreted Value thereof, with respect to the
                              Senior Discount Notes to be redeemed on the
                              redemption date, provided that at least 75% of
                              the aggregate principal amount of Senior Discount
                              Notes originally issued remains outstanding
                              immediately after the occurrence of such
                              redemption.
 
Change of Control...........  In the event of a Change of Control prior to May
                              15, 2001, the holders of the Senior Discount
                              Notes will have the right to require the Company
                              to purchase their Senior Discount Notes at a
                              price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof
                              or, in the case of any such purchase on or after
                              May 15, 2001, at 101% of the aggregate principal
                              amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
                              if any, to the date of purchase.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
 
Original Issue Discount.....  The issuance of the Senior Discount Notes will
                              result in original issue discount for federal
                              income tax purposes. Thus, although no interest
                              will accrue on the Senior Discount Notes prior to
                              May 15, 2001, and there will be no periodic
                              payments of interest prior to November 15, 2001,
                              original issue discount (that is, the excess of
                              the sum of the principal amount and all cash
                              interest payments over the issue price of the
                              Senior Discount Notes) will accrue from the issue
                              date and will be includible periodically as
                              interest income in a holder's gross income for
                              federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt
                              of the cash payments to which the income is
                              attributable. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
                              Considerations."
 
Ranking.....................  The Senior Discount Notes will be senior
                              obligations of the Company, will rank pari passu
                              in right of payment with all existing and future
                              senior indebtedness of the Company, including the
                              Existing Senior Notes, and will rank senior in
                              right of payment to any future subordinated
                              indebtedness of the Company. Holders of secured
                              indebtedness of the Company will, however, have
                              claims that are prior to the claims of the
                              holders of the Senior Discount Notes with respect
                              to the assets securing such other indebtedness.
                              Although the Senior Discount Notes are ranked
                              pari passu with the Existing Senior Notes, the
                              Existing Senior Notes are secured by certain
                              pledged securities. Accordingly, the Senior
                              Discount Notes are effectively subordinated to
                              the Existing Senior Notes to the extent of such
                              pledged securities. See "Description of Other
                              Indebtedness." As of December 31, 1995, after
                              giving pro forma effect to (i) the Offering and
                              the Concurrent Offering and the application of
                              the proceeds therefrom and (ii) the EMI
                              Acquisition, (a) the total amount of outstanding
                              liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries
                              would have been approximately $355.9 million and
                              (b) the total amount of outstanding liabilities
                              of the Company's subsidiaries, including trade
                              payables, would have been approximately $24.7
                              million. The Senior Discount Notes will be
                              effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and
                              other liabilities, including trade payables, of
                              the Company's subsidiaries.
 
Certain Covenants...........  The indenture pursuant to which the Senior
                              Discount Notes will be issued (the "Indenture")
                              will contain certain covenants that, among other
                              things, limit the ability of the Company and its
                              subsidiaries to make certain restricted payments,
                              incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred
                              stock, pay dividends or make other distributions,
                              repurchase equity interests or subordinated
                              indebtedness, engage in sale and leaseback
                              transactions, create certain liens, enter into
                              certain transactions with affiliates, sell assets
                              of the Company or its subsidiaries, conduct
                              certain lines of business, issue or sell equity
                              interests of the Company's subsidiaries or enter
                              into certain mergers and consolidations. In
                              addition, under certain circumstances, the
                              Company will be required to offer to purchase
                              Senior Discount Notes at a price equal to 100% of
                              the Accreted Value thereof, if
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                              such circumstances occur prior to May 15, 2001,
                              or at 100% of the principal amount thereof, if
                              such circumstances occur on or after May 15,
                              2001, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
                              to the date of purchase, with the proceeds of
                              certain asset sales. See "Description of the
                              Senior Discount Notes."
 
Use of Proceeds.............  The net proceeds of the Offering, after
                              underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses,
                              are estimated to be $173.1 million. The net
                              proceeds will be used to finance the continued
                              expansion of the Company's telecommunications
                              networks and the installation of voice switches,
                              which will allow the Company to offer local
                              exchange service, and for general corporate
                              purposes, including working capital. In addition,
                              the Company may use net proceeds to fund
                              acquisitions of assets or businesses which are
                              involved in the telecommunications business.
                              Although the Company considers potential
                              acquisitions from time to time, other than the
                              EMI Acquisition, no agreement or agreement in
                              principle has been reached for any acquisition.
 
Concurrent Offering.........  The Company has concurrently registered 4,000,000
                              shares of Common Stock, for sale by the Company
                              and 496,689 shares of Common Stock for sale by
                              the selling stockholders, in the Concurrent
                              Offering. This Offering is contingent upon the
                              consummation of the Concurrent Offering.
 
Consent Solicitation........  The Company has obtained from the holders of a
                              majority of the aggregate principal amount
                              outstanding of the Existing Senior Notes consents
                              to amend certain provisions of the indenture
                              governing such notes in order to permit the
                              Company to incur additional debt (including the
                              Senior Discount Notes) and amend certain other
                              covenants in the indenture governing the Existing
                              Senior Notes. On April 26, 1996, the Company and
                              SunTrust Bank, Central Florida, National
                              Association, as trustee, executed an amended and
                              restated indenture governing the Existing Senior
                              Notes which contains certain covenants that are
                              more restrictive than those which will be
                              contained in the Indenture including the covenant
                              with respect to the incurrence of additional
                              indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock. See
                              "Description of Other Indebtedness" and
                              "Description of the Senior Discount Notes."
 
 
      For additional information regarding the Senior Discount Notes, see
                  "Description of the Senior Discount Notes."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                   SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA
  Statement of operations and balance sheet data presented below as of and for
the five years in the period ended December 31, 1995 have been derived from the
consolidated financial statements of the Company, which financial statements
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public
accountants.
  The operating results of Phone One are included in the Company's consolidated
operating results since December 2, 1994. The operating results of FiberNet
have been included in the Company's consolidated operating results since March
1, 1995. The pro forma information gives effect to the acquisition of FiberNet
and the EMI Acquisition (pending) as if they occurred at January 1, 1995 for
operations information and December 31, 1995 for balance sheet and statistical
information. The following financial information should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," "Business" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STATISTICAL DATA)
                                                                        PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                         YEAR ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------------------  ------------
                           1991     1992     1993     1994      1995        1995
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  ------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>         
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
 Revenue................  $ 5,184  $ 7,030  $ 8,292  $14,272  $ 38,631    $ 81,687
 Expenses:
 Facilities administra-
  tion and maintenance
  and line costs........    1,483    1,760    2,843    5,396    22,989      62,604
 Selling, general and
  administrative........    2,050    2,607    3,893    6,412    14,993      18,295
 Depreciation and amor-
  tization..............    1,570    2,190    3,020    5,132    10,196      12,808
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
                            5,103    6,557    9,756   16,940    48,178      93,707
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
 Operating income
  (loss)................       81      473   (1,464)  (2,668)   (9,547)    (12,020)
 Other income (expense)
 Interest expense.......   (1,063)  (1,031)    (844)  (1,218)  (13,767)    (13,826)
 Interest and other in-
  come..................       23      323      234      819     4,060       4,082
 Income tax benefit.....      --       --       --       --         97          97
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
 Loss before extraordi-
  nary item.............     (959)    (235)  (2,074)  (3,067)  (19,157)   $(21,667)
                                                                          ========
 Extraordinary loss on
  early extinguishment
  of debt...............      --       --       --       --     (1,592)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------
 Net loss...............  $  (959) $  (235) $(2,074) $(3,067) $(20,749)
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  ========
 Net loss per share:(2)
 Loss before extraordi-
  nary item.............  $ (1.01) $  (.10) $  (.29) $  (.34) $  (1.91)   $  (1.95)
                                                                          ========
 Extraordinary loss.....      --       --       --       --       (.16)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------
 Net loss...............  $ (1.01) $  (.10) $  (.29) $  (.34) $  (2.07)
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  ========
 Weighted average number
  of shares outstand-
  ing...................    1,354    4,797    7,077    8,956    10,036      11,087
OTHER DATA:
 Ratio of earnings to
  combined fixed charges
  and preferred stock
  dividends(3)..........      --       --       --       --        --          --
 Earnings before
  interest, income
  taxes, depreciation
  and amortization
  ("EBITDA")(4).........  $ 1,651  $ 2,663  $ 1,556  $ 2,464  $    649    $    788
 Capital expenditures,
  including acquisitions
  of
  businesses, net of
  cash acquired.........  $ 3,463  $ 8,818  $10,486  $13,731  $ 31,915         --
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA(5)
                                        DECEMBER 31,                    DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------------------------------  ------------
                           1991     1992     1993     1994      1995        1995
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  ------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>         
NETWORK DATA:(6)
 Buildings connected....      110      161      234      293       380         402
 Route miles............      165      240      335      378       504       4,904
 Fiber miles............    2,956    6,184   10,239   11,227    17,128      17,128
 Number of city-based
  networks in service...        3        4        5        6         9           9
ENHANCED NETWORK
 SERVICES:(6)
 Nodes(7)...............      --       --       100      900     2,300       3,800
 Cities(8)..............      --       --        37      336       600         900
 Switches...............      --       --         4       12        31          52
EMPLOYEES:(6)...........       26       49       58      146       287         434
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                   PRO FORMA(9) AS ADJUSTED(10)
                                       DECEMBER 31,                DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                         ----------------------------------------- ------------ ---------------
                          1991     1992    1993    1994     1995       1995          1995
                         -------  ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents(11)....... $   575  $ 1,775 $27,954 $10,208 $ 50,997   $ 50,997      $322,249
 Working capital
  (deficit)(12).........    (949)   8,999  25,712   9,588   70,353     70,103       341,355
 Total assets...........  17,577   36,174  61,219  74,086  216,018    233,143       511,172
 Long-term debt
  (including current
  maturities)(13).......   9,549    9,647   9,647  10,072  159,307    159,307       339,226
 Total stockholders'
  equity (deficit)......  (7,526)  21,257  45,987  52,033   40,254     57,129       155,239
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
- --------
 (1) Gives effect to the acquisitions of FiberNet and EMI (pending) as if they
     occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Pro forma information
     excludes the effects of the historical extraordinary item.
 (2) Net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 1991 and 1992 have
     been increased by the amount of redeemable preferred stock dividends.
     Additionally, net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 1991 has
     been increased to reflect the effects of certain options and warrants
     issued shortly before ICI's initial public offering in April, 1992 in
     accordance with a Staff Accounting Bulletin of the Commission.
 (3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (i)
     earnings consist of loss before income taxes, plus fixed charges excluding
     capitalized interest and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed
     and capitalized, plus amortization of deferred financing costs, plus the
     portion of rent expense under operating leases deemed by the Company to be
     representative of the interest factor, as well as dividends on redeemable
     preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
     and 1995 the Company's earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges
     by $1,061, $355, $2,288, $3,324 and $19,931, respectively. For the year
     ended December 31, 1995, the Company's pro forma earnings including
     $23,634 of interest expense related to the Offering were insufficient to
     cover fixed charges by $46,076.
 (4) EBITDA consists of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation
     and amortization. In addition the 1995 amount excludes $1,592 related to
     an extraordinary loss on the early extinguishment of debt. EBITDA is
     provided since it is a measure commonly used in the telecommunications
     industry to measure operating performance, asset value and financial
     leverage. It is presented to enhance the reader's understanding of the
     Company's operating results and is not intended to represent cash flow for
     the period indicated. See Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows contained
     in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes
     thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 (5) Gives effect to the EMI Acquisition (pending). Certain numbers are
     estimated based on information provided to the Company by EMI.
 (6) Based upon Company records.
 (7) An individual point of origination and termination of data served by the
     ICI enhanced network. All node numbers are approximate.
 (8) The number of discrete postal cities to which enhanced services are
     provided.
 (9) Gives effect to the EMI Acquisition (pending).
(10) Gives effect to (i) the Offering, the Concurrent Offering (4.0 million
     shares at a price of $26.00 per share) and the application of the net
     proceeds therefrom and (ii) the EMI Acquisition (pending), but does not
     reflect any costs associated with obtaining consents from the holders of
     the Existing Senior Notes, including approximately $4.3 million paid to
     certain of such holders as consideration for such consents.
(11) Excludes Restricted Investments held as of December 31, 1995 for the
     repayment of certain interest on the Existing Senior Notes.
(12) Includes $18,854 of Restricted Investments as of December 31, 1995
     classified as a current asset.
(13) Excludes capital lease obligations at December 31, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
     and 1995 and December 31, 1995 (pro forma) of $1,512, $2,095, $1,967,
     $6,455, $6,238 and $6,238, respectively.
 
  The Company's unaudited revenues, EBITDA, and loss for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 were approximately $13.5 million, $(1.7) million and $(8.9)
million, respectively, as compared to $8.7 million, $.9 million and $(1.3)
million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 1995.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Prospective investors should consider carefully the following factors, in
addition to other information set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus, before
purchasing the securities offered hereby.
 
  Substantial Indebtedness; Insufficiency of Earnings to Cover Fixed
Charges. Following the Offering, the Company will be significantly leveraged.
At December 31, 1995, after giving pro forma effect to (i) the Offering and
the Concurrent Offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom and (ii)
the EMI Acquisition, the Company would have had outstanding approximately
$355.9 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness and other
liabilities on a consolidated basis (including trade payables), of which
approximately $348.6 million would have been indebtedness and other
liabilities of the Company and approximately $7.3 million would have been
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries (excluding
approximately $17.4 million due to ICI). The degree to which the Company is
leveraged could have important consequences to holders of Senior Discount
Notes, including the following: (i) the Company will have significant cash
interest expense and principal repayment obligations with respect to
outstanding indebtedness, including the Senior Discount Notes; (ii) the
Company's significant degree of leverage could increase its vulnerability to
changes in general economic conditions or increases in prevailing interest
rates; (iii) the Company's ability to obtain additional financing for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or
other purposes could be impaired; (iv) a substantial portion of the
indebtedness of the Company will mature in accordance with its terms prior to
the Senior Discount Notes; and (v) the Company may be more leveraged than
certain of its competitors, which may be a competitive disadvantage.
 
  For the year ended December 31, 1995, and on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to (i) the Offering, the Concurrent Offering and the application of the
proceeds therefrom and (ii) the acquisitions of FiberNet and EMI as if they
had occurred on January 1, 1995, the Company's pro forma earnings would have
been inadequate to cover its pro forma fixed charges by $46.1 million,
primarily as a result of operating expenses associated with the expansion of
the Company's networks and operations. In order for the Company to meet its
debt service obligations, including its obligations with respect to the Senior
Discount Notes, the Company will need to substantially improve its operating
results. There can be no assurance that the Company's operating results will
be of sufficient magnitude to enable the Company to meet its debt service
obligations. In the absence of such operating results, the Company could face
substantial liquidity problems and might be required to raise additional
financing through the issuance of debt or equity securities; however, there
can be no assurance that ICI would be successful in raising such financing, or
the terms or timing thereof. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
  Effective Subordination of the Senior Discount Notes. The Senior Discount
Notes are not secured by any of the assets of the Company. Holders of secured
indebtedness of the Company will have claims that are prior to the claims of
the holders of the Senior Discount Notes ("Holders") to the extent of the
assets securing such other indebtedness. Although the Senior Discount Notes
are ranked pari passu with the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior
Notes are secured by certain pledged securities. Accordingly, the Senior
Discount Notes are effectively subordinated to the Existing Senior Notes to
the extent of such pledged securities. See "Description of Other
Indebtedness." The Indenture and the indenture governing the Existing Senior
Notes will permit certain indebtedness of the Company to be secured. In
addition, the Senior Discount Notes will be effectively subordinated to
indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables)
of the Company's subsidiaries.
 
  The Company intends to loan or contribute a portion of the net proceeds from
the Offering to certain of its subsidiaries. The Company will be dependent to
some extent upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to
generate the funds necessary to meet its obligations, including the payment of
principal of and interest on the Senior Discount Notes. The ability of the
Company's subsidiaries to make such payments will be subject to, among other
things, applicable state laws.
 
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
  Effect of Substantial Additional Indebtedness on the Company's Ability to
Repay the Senior Discount Notes. The Indenture and the indenture governing the
Existing Senior Notes, limit, but do not prohibit, the incurrence of
additional indebtedness by the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company
may incur substantial additional indebtedness during the next few years to
finance the construction of networks, purchase of switches and introduction of
new service offerings. Additional indebtedness of the Company may rank pari
passu with the Senior Discount Notes in certain circumstances. See
"Description of the Senior Discount Notes." The debt service requirements of
any additional indebtedness could make it more difficult for the Company to
make principal and interest payments on the Senior Discount Notes. No
guarantees have been issued with respect to the Senior Discount Notes; thus,
the Company's subsidiaries are not directly obligated under the Senior
Discount Notes. Earnings generated by any of the Company's subsidiaries, as
well as the existing assets of such subsidiaries, will have to be used first
by such subsidiaries to fulfill their debt service requirements. See "--
Effective Subordination of the Senior Discount Notes."
 
  Limited Operations; History of Net Losses. The Company's business commenced
in 1987 and substantially all of the Company's revenues are derived from
enhanced network services, integration services, long distance services and
certain local network services. The Company is expecting to substantially
increase the size of its operations and number of service offerings in the
near future. Prospective investors, therefore, have limited historical
financial information about the Company upon which to base an evaluation of
the Company's performance. Given the Company's limited operating history,
there is no assurance that it will be able to compete successfully in the
telecommunications business.
 
  The development of the Company's business and the installation and expansion
of its networks require significant expenditures, a substantial portion of
which are incurred before the realization of revenues. Together with the
associated early operating expenses, these capital expenditures will result in
negative cash flow until an adequate customer base is established. ICI
reported net losses of approximately $2.1 million, $3.1 million and $20.7
million for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
Although its revenues have increased in each of the last three years, ICI has
incurred significant increases in expenses associated with the development and
expansion of its fiber optic networks, services and customer base. There can
be no assurance that ICI will achieve or sustain profitability in the future.
 
  Consummation of the EMI Acquisition. On February 20, 1996, the Company
signed an agreement with EMI to acquire its telecommunications division. The
significant conditions to closing the acquisition are (i) receipt of federal
and state regulatory and municipal approvals and (ii) receipt of certain third
party consents to the assignment of various contracts, all of which must be
obtained by September 30, 1996. The terms of the EMI acquisition agreement
provide for the acquisition by ICI of certain (but not all) of the
telecommunications assets of EMI if certain consents are not obtained.
Although ICI believes that all of the conditions to the consummation of the
acquisition will be satisfied by September 30, 1996, there can be no assurance
that such conditions will be timely satisfied and that the EMI Acquisition
will be consummated.
 
  New Telecommunications Act and Uncertainty of Future Regulation. The Company
is subject to federal regulation by the FCC and local service regulation by
the public service commissions in the states in which it provides
jurisdictionally interstate services. The Company may also be subject to
regulation by the public service commissions of other states into which the
Company is expanding. In addition, many of these regulations may be subject to
judicial review, the result of which ICI is unable to predict. The FCC has
determined that non-dominant carriers, such as the Company, are required to
file interstate tariffs on an ongoing basis. The recently enacted
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act") provides the FCC with the
authority to forebear from imposing any regulations it deems unnecessary,
including requiring non-dominant carriers to file tariffs. The FCC has
initiated two different proceedings which may eliminate the tariff-filing
obligation of the Company, however, there can be no assurance that the FCC
will so forebear. The Company is also generally subject to state
certification, tariff filing and other regulatory requirements. Challenges to
tariffs by third parties may cause the Company to incur significant legal and
administrative expenses. Although the trend in federal and state regulations
appears to favor increased competition, no assurance can be given that changes
in current or future regulations adopted by the FCC or state regulatory bodies
or legislative initiatives would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
  Risks of Implementation; Need to Obtain Permits and Rights of Way. The
Company is continuing to expand its existing networks. In addition, the
Company has a network under development in St. Louis, Missouri. The Company
has identified other expansion opportunities in Florida and other parts of the
eastern United States and is currently extending the reach of its networks to
pursue such opportunities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to expand its existing networks or construct or acquire new networks as
currently planned on a timely basis. The expansion of the Company's existing
networks and its construction or acquisition of new networks will be
dependent, among other things, on its ability to acquire rights-of-way and any
required permits on satisfactory terms and conditions and on its ability to
finance such expansion, acquisition and construction. These factors and others
could adversely affect the expansion of the Company's customer base on its
existing networks and commencement of operations on new networks. If the
Company is not able to expand, acquire or construct its networks in accordance
with its plans, the growth of its business would be materially adversely
affected.
 
  Competition. In each of its markets, the Company faces significant
competition for the local network services it offers from LECs, which
currently dominate their local telecommunications markets. LECs have long-
standing relationships with their customers which relationships may create
competitive barriers. Furthermore, LECs may have the potential to subsidize
competitive service from monopoly service revenues. In addition, a continuing
trend toward business combinations and alliances in the telecommunications
industry may create significant new competitors to the Company. The Company
also faces competition in most markets in which it operates from one or more
CAPs operating fiber optic networks. In addition, the Company faces
competition in its network systems integration business from equipment
manufacturers, the regional Bell operating companies ("RBOCs") and other LECs,
long distance carriers and systems integrators, and in its enhanced network
services business from local telephone companies, long distance carriers, very
small aperture terminal ("VSAT") providers and others. Many of the Company's
existing and potential competitors have financial, personnel and other
resources significantly greater than those of the Company.
 
  The Company believes that various legislative initiatives, including the
recently enacted 1996 Act, have removed remaining legislative barriers to
local exchange competition. Nevertheless, in light of the passage of the 1996
Act, regulators are also likely to provide LECs with increased pricing
flexibility as competition increases. If LECs are permitted to lower their
rates substantially or engage in excessive volume or discount pricing
practices for their customers, the net income or cash flow of competitive
local exchange carriers, including the Company, could be materially adversely
affected. In addition, while the Company currently competes with AT&T, Inc.
("AT&T"), MCI Communications Corporation ("MCI") and others in the
interexchange services market, the recent federal legislation permits the
RBOCs to provide interexchange services once certain criteria are met. If the
RBOCs begin to provide such services, they will be in a position to offer
single source service similar to that being offered by ICI. In addition, AT&T,
MCI and other interexchange carriers have announced their intent to enter into
the local exchange services market. The Company cannot predict the number of
competitors that will emerge as a result of any new federal and state
regulatory or legislative actions. Competition from the RBOCs with respect to
interexchange services or from AT&T and MCI with respect to local exchange
services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
  Significant Capital Requirements. Expansion of the Company's existing
networks and services and the development of new networks and services require
significant capital expenditures. ICI expects to fund its capital requirements
through existing resources, internally generated funds, joint ventures and
debt or equity financing, including capital raised through the Offering and
the Concurrent Offering, as appropriate. There can be no assurance, however,
that ICI will be successful in producing sufficient cash flow or raising
sufficient debt or equity capital on terms that it will consider acceptable.
In addition, the Company's future capital requirements will depend upon a
number of factors, including marketing expenses, staffing levels and customer
growth, as well as other factors that are not within the Company's control,
such as competitive conditions, government regulation and capital costs.
Failure to consumate the Concurrent Offering or to generate sufficient funds
may require ICI to delay or abandon some of its future expansion or
expenditures, which would have a material adverse effect on its growth and its
ability to compete in the telecommunications industry.
 
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  Expansion Risk. The Company is experiencing a period of rapid expansion
which management expects will increase in the near future. This growth has
increased the operating complexity of the Company as well as the level of
responsibility for both existing and new management personnel. The Company's
ability to manage its expansion effectively will require it to continue to
implement and improve its operational and financial systems and to expand,
train and manage its employee base. The Company's inability to effectively
manage its expansion could have a material adverse effect on its business.
 
  A portion of the Company's expansion may occur through acquisitions as an
alternative to direct investments in the assets required to implement the
expansion. No assurance can be given that suitable acquisitions can be
identified, financed and completed on acceptable terms, or that the Company's
future acquisitions, if any, will be successful.
 
  Risk of New Service Acceptance. The Company offers a number of services that
the Company believes are important to its long-term growth. The success of
these services will be dependent upon, among other things, the willingness of
customers to accept new telecommunications technology. No assurance can be
given that such acceptance will occur; the lack of such acceptance could have
a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
  Rapid Technological Changes. The telecommunications industry is subject to
rapid and significant changes in technology. While ICI believes that, for the
foreseeable future, these changes will neither materially affect the continued
use of its fiber optic networks nor materially hinder its ability to acquire
necessary technologies, the effect on the business of ICI of technological
changes such as changes relating to emerging wireline and wireless
transmission technologies, including software protocols, cannot be predicted.
 
  Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company's business is managed by a small
number of key management and operating personnel, the loss of certain of whom
could have a material adverse impact on the Company's business. The Company
believes that its future success will depend in large part on its continued
ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. None of
the Company's key executives, other than David C. Ruberg, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, is a party to an employment
agreement with the Company.
 
  Risk of Cancellation or Non-Renewal of Network Agreements, Licenses and
Permits. The Company has lease and/or purchase agreements for rights-of-way,
utility pole attachments, conduit and dark fiber for its fiber optic networks.
Although the Company does not believe that any of these agreements will be
cancelled in the near future, cancellation or non-renewal of certain of such
agreements could materially adversely affect the Company's business in the
affected metropolitan area. In addition, the Company has certain licenses and
permits from local governmernt authorities. The 1996 Act requires that local
government authorities treat telecommunications carriers in a competitively
neutral, non-discriminatory manner, and that most utilities, including most
LECs and electric companies, afford alternative carriers access to their
poles, conduits and rights-of-way at reasonable rates on non-discriminatory
terms and conditions. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to maintain its existing franchises, permits and rights or to obtain and
maintain the other franchises, permits and rights needed to implement its
strategy on acceptable terms.
 
  Dependence on Business from IXCs. For the year ended December 31, 1995,
approximately 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues were attributable to
access services provided to IXCs. The loss of access revenues from IXCs in
general could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. See
"Business--The Company--Customer Strategy."
 
  In addition, the Company's growth strategy assumes increased revenues from
IXCs following the deployment of switches on its networks and the provision of
switched access origination and termination services. There is no assurance
that the IXCs will continue to increase their utilization of the Company's
services, or will not reduce or cease their utilization of the Company's
services, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
  Business Combinations; Change of Control. The Company has from time to time
held, and continues to hold, preliminary discussions with (i) potential
strategic investors who have expressed an interest in making an investment in
or acquiring the Company and (ii) potential joint venture partners looking
toward the formation of strategic alliances that would expand the reach of the
Company's networks or services without necessarily
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
requiring an additional investment in the Company. In addition to providing
additional growth capital, management believes that an alliance with an
appropriate strategic investor would provide operating synergy to, and enhance
the competitive positions of, both ICI and the investor within the rapidly
consolidating telecommunications industry. There can be no assurance that
agreements for any of the foregoing will be reached. However, management does
not believe that the consummation of any such agreements are necessary to
successfully implement its strategic plans. An investment, business
combination or strategic alliance could constitute a Change of Control. Each
of the Indenture and the indenture governing the Existing Senior Notes
provides that a Change of Control would require the Company to repay the
indebtedness outstanding under such instruments. If a Change of Control does
occur, there is no assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds to
make such repayments or could obtain any additional debt or equity financing
that could be necessary in order to repay the Senior Discount Notes or
Existing Senior Notes.
 
  Lack of Established Market. The Senior Discount Notes are a new issue of
securities for which there is currently no public market. The Company does not
intend to apply for listing of the Senior Discount Notes on any securities
exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market. Although the Underwriters have
informed the Company that they currently intend to make a market in the Senior
Discount Notes, they are not obligated to do so and any such market-making may
be discontinued at any time without notice. If an active public market does
not develop, the market price and liquidity of the Senior Discount Notes may
be adversely affected.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds of the Offering after underwriting discounts, commissions
and expenses, are estimated to be $173.1 million. The net proceeds, together
with the net proceeds of the Concurrent Offering estimated to be $98.1
million, will be used by the Company to finance the continued expansion of
ICI's telecommunications networks (including the networks to be acquired from
EMI) and the installation of voice switches, which will allow the Company to
offer local exchange service, and for general corporate purposes, including
working capital.
 
  A portion of the Company's expansion may occur through acquisitions
(utilizing cash or securities of the Company) as an alternative to direct
investments in the assets required to implement the expansion. The businesses
that the Company may acquire will likely consist of companies that own
existing networks or companies that provide services that complement the
Company's existing businesses. The Indenture and the indenture governing the
Existing Senior Notes prohibit the Company from acquiring assets or businesses
which are not involved in the Telecommunications Business (as defined herein).
See "Description of the Senior Discount Notes--Limitation on Business
Activities" and "--Asset Sales." Although the Company considers potential
acquisitions from time to time, other than the EMI Acquisition, no agreement
or agreement in principle to acquire or effect any material acquisition has
been reached.
 
  The Company is acquiring the telecommunications division of EMI in exchange
for Common Stock. The purchase agreement does however provide for a contingent
cash payment in the amount of $594,000 if a certain planned network expansion
is completed prior to the closing of the EMI Acquisition. If such expansion is
completed, a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering and the Concurrent
Offering may be used to make such contingent payment.
 
  Prior to the application of the net proceeds of the Offering as described
above, such funds will be invested in short-term investment grade securities.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the consolidated actual and consolidated pro
forma cash and cash equivalents and capitalization of the Company at December
31, 1995. This table should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto, and other
information included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                      ACTUAL      PRO FORMA(1)
                                                     -----------  --------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents(2)........................ $    50,997    $   322,249
                                                     ===========    ===========
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
  13 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2005............ $   158,984    $   158,984
  12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006............         --         179,919
  Other long-term debt..............................         323            323
  Capital lease obligations.........................       6,238          6,238
                                                     -----------    -----------
    Total long-term debt............................     165,545        345,464
                                                     -----------    -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock and additional paid-in capital.......      74,197        189,182
  Accumulated deficit...............................     (33,943)       (33,943)
                                                     -----------    -----------
Total stockholders' equity..........................      40,254        155,239
                                                     -----------    -----------
Total capitalization................................    $205,799    $   500,703
                                                     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gives effect to (i) the Offering, the Concurrent Offering and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom and (ii) the EMI Acquisition
    (pending).
(2) Excludes Restricted Investments held as of December 31, 1995 for the
    repayment of certain interest on the Existing Senior Notes and does not
    reflect any costs associated with obtaining consents from the holders of
    the Existing Senior Notes, including approximately $4.3 million paid to
    certain of such holders as consideration for such consents.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
                  SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER OPERATING DATA
 
  The selected financial data and balance sheet data presented below as of and
for the five years in the period ended December 31, 1995 have been derived
from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which financial
statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified
public accountants.
 
  The operating results of Phone One are included in the Company's
consolidated operating results since December 2, 1994 (the date of acquisition
by the Company). The operating results of FiberNet have been included in the
Company's consolidated operating results since March 1, 1995. The pro forma
information gives effect to the acquisition of FiberNet and the EMI
Acquisition (pending) as if they occurred at January 1, 1995 for operations
information and December 31, 1995 for balance sheet and statistical
information. The following financial information should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations," "Business" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
         (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STATISTICAL DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA(1)
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                YEAR ENDED
                          --------------------------------------------  DECEMBER 31,
                           1991     1992     1993     1994      1995        1995
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  ------------ 
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>          
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA:
 Revenue................  $ 5,184  $ 7,030  $ 8,292  $14,272  $ 38,631    $ 81,687
 Expenses
 Facilities
  administration and
  maintenance and line
  costs.................    1,483    1,760    2,843    5,396    22,989      62,604
 Selling, general and
  administrative........    2,050    2,607    3,893    6,412    14,993      18,295
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........    1,570    2,190    3,020    5,132    10,196      12,808
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
                            5,103    6,557    9,756   16,940    48,178      93,707
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
 Operating income
  (loss)................       81      473   (1,464)  (2,668)   (9,547)    (12,020)
 Other income (expense)
  Interest expense......   (1,063)  (1,031)    (844)  (1,218)  (13,767)    (13,826)
  Interest and other
   income...............       23      323      234      819     4,060       4,082
  Income tax benefit....      --       --       --       --         97          97
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------    --------
  Loss before
   extraordinary item...     (959)    (235)  (2,074)  (3,067)  (19,157)   $(21,667)
                                                                          ========
  Extraordinary loss on
   early extinguishment
   of debt..............      --       --       --       --     (1,592)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------
 Net loss...............  $  (959) $  (235) $(2,074) $(3,067) $(20,749)
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  ========
 Net loss per share:(2)
  Loss before
   extraordinary item...  $ (1.01) $  (.10) $  (.29) $  (.34) $  (1.91)   $  (1.95)
                                                                          ========
  Extraordinary loss....      --       --       --       --       (.16)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------
  Net loss..............  $ (1.01) $  (.10) $  (.29) $  (.34) $  (2.07)
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  ========
 Weighted average number
  of shares
  outstanding...........    1,354    4,797    7,077    8,956    10,036      11,087
OTHER DATA:
 Ratio of earnings to
  combined fixed charges
  and preferred stock
  dividends(3)..........      --       --       --       --        --          --
 Earnings before
  interest, income
  taxes, depreciation
  and amortization
  ("EBITDA")(4).........  $ 1,651  $ 2,663  $ 1,556  $ 2,464  $    649    $    788
 Capital expenditures,
  including acquisitions
  of businesses, net of
  cash acquired.........  $ 3,463  $ 8,818  $10,486  $13,731  $ 31,915         --
<CAPTION>
                                        DECEMBER 31,                    PRO FORMA(5)
                          --------------------------------------------  DECEMBER 31,
                           1991     1992     1993     1994      1995        1995
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  ------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>          
NETWORK DATA:(6)
 Buildings connected....      110      161      234      293       380         402
 Route miles............      165      240      335      378       504       4,904
 Fiber miles............    2,956    6,184   10,239   11,227    17,128      17,128
 Number of city-based
  networks in service...        3        4        5        6         9           9
ENHANCED NETWORK SERVIC-
 ES:(6)
 Nodes(7)...............      --       --       100      900     2,300       3,800
 Cities(8)..............      --       --        37      336       600         900
 Switches...............      --       --         4       12        31          52
EMPLOYEES:(6)...........       26       49       58      146       287         434
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                   PRO FORMA(9) AS ADJUSTED(10)
                                       DECEMBER 31,                DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                         ----------------------------------------- ------------ ---------------
                          1991     1992    1993    1994     1995       1995          1995
                         -------  ------- ------- ------- -------- ------------ ---------------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equiva-
  lents(11)............. $   575  $ 1,775 $27,954 $10,208 $ 50,997   $ 50,997      $322,249
 Working capital (defi-
  cit)(12)..............    (949)   8,999  25,712   9,588   70,353     70,103       341,355
 Total assets...........  17,577   36,174  61,219  74,086  216,018    233,143       511,172
 Long-term debt
  (including current
  maturities)(13).......   9,549    9,647   9,647  10,072  159,307    159,307       339,226
 Total stockholders' eq-
  uity (deficit)........  (7,526)  21,257  45,987  52,033   40,254     57,129       155,239
</TABLE>
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
- --------
 (1) Gives effect to the acquisitions of FiberNet and EMI (pending) as if they
     occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Pro forma information
     excludes the effects of the historical extraordinary item.
 (2) Net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 1991 and 1992 have
     been increased by the amount of redeemable preferred stock dividends.
     Additionally, net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 1991 has
     been increased to reflect the effects of certain options and warrants
     issued shortly before ICI's initial public offering in April, 1992 in
     accordance with a Staff Accounting Bulletin of the Commission.
 (3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (i)
     earnings consist of loss before income taxes, plus fixed charges
     excluding capitalized interest and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest
     expensed and capitalized, plus amortization of deferred financing costs,
     plus the portion of rent expense under operating leases deemed by the
     Company to be representative of the interest factor, as well as dividends
     on redeemable preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 1991,
     1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 the Company's earnings were insufficient to
     cover fixed charges by $1,061, $355, $2,288, $3,324 and $19,931,
     respectively. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company's pro
     forma earnings including $23,634 of interest expense related to the
     Offering were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $46,076.
 (4) EBITDA consists of earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation
     and amortization. In addition the 1995 amount excludes $1,592 related to
     an extraordinary loss on the early extinguishment of debt. EBITDA is
     provided since it is a measure commonly used in the telecommunications
     industry to measure operating performance, asset value and financial
     leverage. It is presented to enhance the reader's understanding of the
     Company's operating results and is not intended to represent cash flow
     for the period indicated. See Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
     contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the
     Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 (5) Gives effect to the EMI Acquisition (pending). Certain numbers are
     estimated based on information provided to the Company by EMI.
 (6) Based upon Company records.
 (7) An individual point of origination and termination of data served by the
     ICI enhanced network. All node numbers are approximate.
 (8) The number of discrete postal cities to which enhanced services are
     provided.
 (9) Gives effect to the EMI Acquisition (pending).
(10) Gives effect to (i) the Offering, the Concurrent Offering (4.0 million
     shares at a price of $26.00 per share) and the application of the net
     proceeds therefrom and (ii) the EMI Acquisition (pending), but does not
     reflect any costs associated with obtaining consents from the holders of
     the Existing Senior Notes, including approximately $4.3 million paid to
     certain of such holders as consideration for such consents.
(11) Excludes Restricted Investments held as of December 31, 1995 for the
     repayment of certain interest on the Existing Senior Notes.
(12) Includes $18,854 of Restricted Investments as of December 31, 1995
     classified as a current asset.
(13) Excludes capital lease obligations at December 31, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
     and 1995 and December 31, 1995 (pro forma) of $1,512, $2,095, $1,967,
     $6,455, $6,238 and $6,238, respectively.
 
  The Company's unaudited revenues, EBITDA, and loss for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 were approximately $13.5 million, $(1.7) million and
$(8.9) million, respectively, as compared to $8.7 million, $.9 million and
$(1.3) million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 1995.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
audited Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
  Since its inception in 1987, the Company has experienced substantial growth.
Building from its original base in Florida, ICI is now a provider of
integrated telecommunications services to customers that have a presence in
its southeastern United States service territory. The Company has nine
digital, fiber optic networks in service and one under development in a total
of ten metropolitan areas. In addition, the Company's frame relay network
serves customers in approximately 600 cities and provides end-to-end
connectivity throughout the United States and certain international markets.
As its networks and service offerings have expanded, the Company has
experienced significant year to year growth in revenues and customers.
 
  ICI provides customers with a competitive alternative to the local exchange
telephone companies and interexchange carriers in its service territory for a
full range of voice and data telecommunications services. ICI's customers
include a broad range of businesses and government customers and IXCs. The
Company delivers local network services primarily over digital fiber optic
telecommunications networks that it either owns or leases. In some
circumstances, leasing facilities enables the Company to more rapidly initiate
service to customers, reduces the risk of network construction or acquisition
and potentially improves cash flow due to the reduction or deferment of
capital expenditures. The Company also offers enhanced network services to its
customers on an extensive intercity network that connects its customers,
either through its own network or through other carriers, to locations
throughout the country and internationally. In December 1994, the Company
entered the long distance business through the acquisition of Phone One, a
facilities-based provider of long distance services. During the fourth quarter
of 1995, the sales, customer support and network administration functions of
Phone One were integrated into the Company's operating structure.
 
  At its inception, ICI provided special access and private line services to
interexchange carriers. In 1988, ICI was the first telecommunications service
provider in Florida to begin providing special access and private line
services to business customers. In 1991, ICI began offering integration
services in response to customers' needs and in 1992, ICI introduced its first
enhanced network services to provide flexible capacity and highly reliable
end-to-end data connectivity for its business and government customers. The
Company began offering interexchange long distance service in December 1994,
Internet services in 1995 and intends to deploy local switching equipment
beginning in 1996 to provide switched access and local exchange service in
Florida, and, with requisite approvals, in other portions of its service
territory. The pace with which the Company has introduced new service
offerings has enabled it to achieve substantial growth, improve its mix of
customers and diversify its sources of revenue. The Company believes that
business and government customers will continue to account for a substantial
share of its revenues over the next several years, because of its ability to
offer such customers integrated, cost-effective telecommunications solutions.
The Company believes that during the first few years of local exchange
competition, the IXCs may enter the market by becoming resellers of the
Company's local services. If the IXCs pursue a reseller strategy, the amount
of revenue the Company realizes from carriers may increase during this period.
 
  In the last five years the Company has achieved positive EBITDA and
increased its revenue base substantially. However, as a result of significant
investments in network infrastructure and in resources necessary to launch
local exchange services and expand enhanced network services, EBITDA has
decreased as a percentage of revenue and the Company expects EBITDA to be
negative for 1996. The Company believes that this is due to its significant up
front expenses related to the development of its networks and leased
facilities, the revenue from which is expected to be realized in later
periods. The development of the Company's business and the installation and
expansion of its networks have resulted in substantial capital expenditures
and net losses during this period
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
of its operations. Procurement of rights-of-way, administration and
maintenance of facilities, depreciation of network capital expenditures and
sales, general and administrative costs will continue to represent a large
portion of the Company's expenses during its rapid expansion. In addition, the
Company has experienced rapid growth in marketing and selling expenses
consistent with the addition of new customers and an increased level of
selling and marketing activity. All of the marketing and selling expenses
associated with the acquisition of new customers are expensed as they occur
even though these customers are expected to generate recurring revenue for the
Company for several years. The continued expansion of the Company's networks
in anticipation of new customers and the marketing of services to new and
existing customers is therefore adversely impacting EBITDA of the Company in
the near term. The Company anticipates, but there can be no assurance, that as
its customer base grows, incremental revenues will be greater than incremental
operating expenses.
 
PLAN OF OPERATION
 
  The Company believes that a significant portion of its growth in 1996 will
be derived from its enhanced network services. In addition to anticipated
internal growth, the EMI Acquisition, if consummated, will substantially
increase the geographic coverage of the Company's frame relay network and its
customer base. According to industry sources, the market for frame relay
services nationwide is projected to be $1.2 billion in 1996; however, there
can be no assurance that such amount will be realized or that the assumptions
underlying such projection are reliable.
 
  In 1997 and beyond, the Company believes that its growth will be balanced
among its local network, enhanced network and interexchange services. Based on
the Company's analysis of FCC data and its knowledge of the industry, the
Company estimates that the market for local exchange and switched access
services, which is currently serviced only by the LECs, was $5.0 billion in
1995 in Florida alone. As a result of recent deregulation of the Florida
market and the successful negotiation of interconnection co-carrier agreements
with each of the three major LECs in Florida, the Company is now positioned to
provide local exchange services in a number of Florida's communities. The
Company intends to begin offering local exchange services, in Florida during
the second half of 1996 and in other parts of its service area as requisite
approvals are obtained.
 
  In order to develop its businesses more rapidly and efficiently utilize its
capital resources, ICI plans to use the existing fiber optic infrastructure of
other providers in addition to using its existing and planned networks. While
the Company will use significant amounts of capital to deploy enhanced data
and voice switches on a demand driven basis in selected markets, ICI believes
that its substantial existing network capacity should enable it to add new
customers and provide additional services that will result in increased
revenues with lower incremental costs and, correspondingly, over time improve
its EBITDA. For example, selling additional services, such as local exchange
services, to existing or new customers allows the Company to utilize unused
portions of the capacity inherent in its existing fiber optic networks. This
operating leverage increases the utilization of the network with limited
additional capital expenditures. The Company's strategy to offer a full
complement of telecommunications services is designed to enable the Company to
take advantage of the operating leverage of its networks.
 
RECENT STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENTS
 
  EMI Acquisition. On February 20, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement
to purchase the telecommunications division of EMI. EMI's telecommunications
division, headquartered in Syracuse, New York, is a provider of frame relay
based network services and interexchange private line services primarily in
the northeastern United States. For the past several years, the Company has
utilized EMI's networks for termination of enhanced network services traffic
in EMI's territory. EMI operates owned and leased microwave and fiber optic
digital network capacity in New York, Massachusetts, Vermont, Rhode Island,
Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland and the District of Columbia
and maintains POPs in most major cities in these states. The consummation of
the EMI Acquisition would allow ICI to (i) expand its customer base and
increase its exposure to additional interregional customers, (ii) cross sell
ICI's long distance and local exchange services into this new base of
customers and (iii) reduce costs by eliminating overlapping facilities,
removing duplicate NNIs and creating economies of scale.
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
  Regulation. The 1996 Act, which was signed into law on February 8, 1996,
effected plenary changes in regulation at both the federal and state levels
that affect virtually every segment of the telecommunications industry. The
1996 Act greatly expands the FCC's collocation requirements, allowing
companies such as ICI to collocate their equipment with the LECs and requiring
the LECs and other competitors to reciprocally compensate each other for
terminating traffic on each other's networks. In addition, the 1996 Act frees
the RBOCs from the judicial orders that prohibited their provision of
interLATA services. Specifically, the Act permits RBOCs to provide long
distance services outside of their local service regions immediately, and
permits them to provide in-region interLATA service upon demonstrating to the
FCC and state regulatory commissions that they have adhered to the FCC's
interconnection regulations. As a result of these provisions of the 1996 Act,
the Company will gain access to an expanded customer base, and will be able to
realize a reduction in its costs of interconnection. At the same time, the
1996 Act also makes competitive entry more attractive to RBOCs, other LECs,
interexchange carriers and other companies, and likely will increase the level
of competition that the Company faces. See "Business--Government Regulation"
and "Business--Competition."
 
  Interconnection Co-Carrier Agreements. In order to provide expanded end-to-
end connectivity and interoperability in Florida, ICI has entered into
interconnection co-carrier agreements with BellSouth, GTE and Sprint-United,
which provide for reciprocal rights to terminate traffic on each other's
networks. The Company expects to enter into similar agreements with LECs,
cable television companies, utility companies and other competitive local
exchange providers in Florida and other states.
 
REVENUE AND CUSTOMER BASE ANALYSIS
 
  Since the Company's founding in 1987, ICI has continually introduced new
services. Due to these efforts, ICI's customer and revenue base has expanded
substantially in recent years. The Company believes that the continued
aggressive expansion of its enhanced network services, the proposed
acquisition of EMI and the introduction of local exchange services will
accelerate the diversification of the Company's customer and revenue base. The
Company believes the expansion of the Company's customer base and the
diversification of its revenue sources have (i) reduced the Company's
percentage of revenue associated with the more price sensitive services to
IXCs, (ii) lowered the Company's reliance on any one customer and (iii)
increased the total addressable market for the Company's services. The table
set forth below provides an analysis of the Company's customer and revenue
base.
 
                      REVENUE AND CUSTOMER BASE ANALYSIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                    ---------------------------   ------------
                                     1993      1994      1995         1995
                                    --------  --------  -------   ------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Customer revenue:
  Non-IXCs.........................       59%       77%      90%        95%
  IXCs.............................       41        23       10          5
                                    --------  --------  -------      -----
    Total..........................      100%      100%     100%       100%
                                    ========  ========  =======      =====
Number of customers served (at end
 of period)(2).....................      230     8,148    9,530      9,930
Revenue sources:
  Local network services...........       84%       57%      28%        26%
  Enhanced network services........        4        16       18         44
  Interexchange services...........        0         9       49         23
  System integration...............       12        18        5          7
                                    --------  --------  -------      -----
                                         100%      100%     100%       100%
                                    ========  ========  =======      =====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gives effect to the acquisition of FiberNet and the EMI Acquisition
    (pending) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period
    presented.
 
(2) Excludes long distance customers for whom billings during December 1995
    were less than $5.00.
 
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information
derived from the Consolidated Statements of Operations of the Company and the
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements expressed in
percentages of revenue:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                    YEAR ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                     ---------------------------   ------------
                                      1993      1994      1995         1995
                                     -------   -------   -------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenue............................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%     100.0%
Facilities administration and main-
 tenance and line cost.............     34.3      37.8      59.5       76.6
Selling, general and administra-
 tive..............................     46.9      44.9      38.8       22.4
Depreciation and amortization......     36.4      36.0      26.4       15.7
                                     -------   -------   -------      -----
Loss from operations...............    (17.6)    (18.7)    (24.7)     (14.7)
Interest expense...................    (10.2)     (8.5)    (35.6)     (16.9)
Interest and other income..........      2.8       5.7      10.5        5.0
Income tax benefit.................      --        --        0.2        0.1
                                     -------   -------   -------      -----
Loss before extraordinary item.....    (25.0)    (21.5)    (49.6)     (26.5)%
                                                                      =====
Extraordinary loss on early extin-
 guishment of debt.................      --        --       (4.1)
                                     -------   -------   -------
Net loss...........................    (25.0)%   (21.5)%   (53.7)%
                                     =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Gives effect to the acquisition of FiberNet and the EMI Acquisition
    (pending) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period
    presented. Pro forma information excludes the effects of the historical
    extraordinary item.
 
1995 IN COMPARISON WITH 1994
 
  The Company's revenue grew from $14.3 million to $38.6 million or 171% from
1994 to 1995. A substantial portion of the increase in revenue was derived
from growth in the Company's enhanced network services, integration services
and the contribution of Phone One (interexchange long distance services) for
the full year in 1995. The Company acquired all of the outstanding common
stock of Phone One on December 2, 1994. The increase in the level of enhanced
network services was evidenced by the increase in nodes which grew
approximately 155% from approximately 900 at December 31, 1994 to 2,300 at
December 31, 1995. The geographic coverage of the Company's networks also grew
in 1995 primarily through the acquisition of FiberNet and the expansion of the
Company's intercity network. Monthly recurring revenue in the backlog (booked
sales that have yet to be installed) at December 31, 1995 was approximately
$4.2 million annualized, an approximately 45% increase in the recurring
revenue in the backlog from the prior year. From December 31, 1994 to December
31, 1995, the number of fiber miles in the Company's networks increased from
11,227 to 17,128; route miles increased from 378 to 504; and the number of
customers served by ICI (including interexchange long distance customers)
increased from 8,148 to 9,530. The Company's interexchange long distance
revenues were $18.9 million in 1995.
 
  Operating expense in total increased by 184% from $16.9 million for 1994 to
$48.2 million in 1995, a $31.3 million increase. Approximately $20.5 million
of the increase was attributable to the inclusion of operating expenses
relating the Company's interexchange long distance services. Approximately
$2.1 million of the increase was attributable to the inclusion of FiberNet's
operating expenses. The operating results of FiberNet have been included in
the consolidated results since March 1, 1995. The balance of the increase was
consistent with the significant expansion of the Company's owned and leased
networks and equipment sales to customers. As a result, the Company incurred a
net loss of $20.7 million for 1995, as compared to a net loss of $3.1 million
in 1994.
 
  Facilities administration and maintenance and line costs increased by 326%
from $5.4 million in 1994 to $23.0 million in 1995, a $17.6 million increase.
Approximately $13.3 million of the increase is due to inclusion
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
of the operating results of the Company's interexchange long distance
services. In addition, increases in maintenance expense due to network
expansion, payroll expense due to hiring additional engineering staff and cost
of goods sold related to equipment sold to customers contributed to the
change.
 
  Selling, general, and administrative expense increased by 134% from $6.4
million in 1994 to $15.0 million in 1995, an $8.6 million increase.
Approximately $5.2 million of the increase is due to the inclusion of the
operating results of the Company's interexchange long distance services and
$.3 million is due to the inclusion of FiberNet's operating results. The
remaining change was primarily due to increases in sales commissions as a
result of increases in sales bookings, accounting, marketing and management
information systems staff, and increased property taxes relating to network
expansion and enhancements. In addition, the Company expended additional
resources by increasing the number and skill level of its sales and sales
support staff. Recovery of these additional expenditures typically is
recognized in future periods.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 99% from $5.1 million in
1994 to $10.2 million in 1995, an increase of $5.1 million. These increases
are directly related to the $34.9 million and $18.3 million of
telecommunications equipment additions (including capital leases) in 1995 and
1994, respectively, relating to ongoing network construction and expansion and
increases in the amortization of intangibles associated with the acquisitions
of Phone One and FiberNet.
 
  Interest and other income increased 402% from $0.8 million in 1994 to $4.1
million in 1995, a $3.3 million increase, as a result of interest earned on
the cash available from the proceeds of the offering of the Existing Senior
Notes which were received in June 1995.
 
  Interest expense increased by 1029% from $1.2 million in 1994 to $13.8
million in 1995, an increase of $12.6 million. The increase is primarily due
to the interest incurred on the Existing Senior Notes.
 
  Extraordinary loss of $1.6 million was incurred which consisted of $1.2
million in prepayment penalties relating to certain indebtedness which was
repaid from the proceeds of the offering of the Existing Senior Notes and the
write off of the unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the
indebtedness repaid.
 
  EBITDA decreased by $1.8 million or 74% from $2.5 million in 1994 to $0.6
million in 1995. As a percent of revenue, 1995 and 1994 EBITDA were
approximately 2% and 17%, respectively. This decline was the result of the
inclusion of a full year of revenues and expenses relating to interexchange
long distance services which have a lower operating margin than the Company's
other services, the incurrence of additional growth oriented expenses (such as
increases in sales and support staff and market development costs) prior to
realizing revenues associated with these expenditures and the Company's
introduction of switched access transport services to IXCs.
 
1994 IN COMPARISON WITH 1993
 
  The Company's revenue grew from $8.3 million to $14.3 million or 72% from
1993 to 1994. A substantial portion of the increase in revenue was derived
from growth in the Company's enhanced network services, integration services
and the contribution of Phone One for the month of December 1994. The increase
in the level of enhanced network services was evidenced by the increase in
nodes which grew approximately 800% from approximately 100 at December 31,
1993 to approximately 900 at December 31, 1994. Partially as a result of the
increase in the number of customer locations utilizing the Company's enhanced
network services, there was also a significant increase in the level of
revenue generated from integration services. Monthly recurring revenue in the
backlog (booked sales that have yet to be installed) at December 31, 1994 was
approximately $0.2 million or $2.9 million annualized, nearly double the
recurring revenue in the backlog from the prior year. From December 31, 1993
to December 31, 1994, the number of fiber miles in the Company's networks
increased from 10,239 to 11,227; route miles increased from 335 to 378; and
the number of customers served by ICI increased from 230 to 345 (excluding
interexchange long distance customers) or 8,148 (including interexchange long
distance customers). The Company also began offering international enhanced
network services to customers in 1994.
 
  Operating expense in total increased by 74% from $9.8 million in 1993 to
$16.9 million in 1994, a $7.1 million increase. This increase was consistent
with the significant expansion of the Company's owned and leased
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
networks, equipment sales to customers and the write-off of approximately $0.2
million in expenses related to strategic investor activities. As a result, the
Company incurred a net loss of $3.1 million for 1994, as compared to a net
loss of $2.1 million in 1993. Operating expenses for 1994 include $1.4 million
of expenses related to the operations of Phone One for one month.
 
  Facilities administration and maintenance and line costs increased by 90%
from $2.8 million in 1993 to $5.4 million in 1994, a $2.6 million increase.
The increase is primarily due to significant growth in leased facilities
required to support the rapid growth in enhanced network services. A total of
$0.9 million of the 1994 increase relates to leased network costs associated
with the operations of Phone One for December 1994. In addition, increases in
maintenance expense proportionate to network expansion, payroll expense due to
hiring additional engineering staff and cost of goods sold related to
equipment sold to customers contributed to the change.
 
  Selling, general, and administrative expense increased by 65% from $3.9
million in 1993 to $6.4 million in 1994, a $2.5 million increase. The change
was primarily due to increases in sales commissions as a result of
proportionate increases in sales bookings, accounting and management
information systems staff, and increased property taxes relating to network
expansion and enhancements. In addition, the Company expended additional
resources by increasing the number and skill level of its sales, sales support
and engineering staff. Selling, general, and administrative expenses incurred
by the Company and related to Phone One in 1994 totaled $0.3 million.
 
  Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 70% from $3.0 million in
1993 to $5.1 million in 1994, an increase of $2.1 million. These increases
were directly related to the $18.3 million of 1994 telecommunications
equipment additions related to ongoing network construction and expansion.
 
  Interest and other income increased 251% from $0.2 million in 1993 to $0.8
million in 1994, a $0.6 million increase, as a result of the full year's
effect of investing the funds received from the Company's November 1993 public
offering of common stock.
 
  Interest expense increased by 44% from $0.8 million in 1993 to $1.2 million
in 1994, an increase of $0.4 million. The increase is primarily due to the
capitalization of a significant fiber lease during 1994.
 
  EBITDA increased by $0.9 million or 58% from $1.6 million in 1993 to $2.5
million in 1994. This increase is the result of revenue increasing while the
EBITDA margin remained relatively stable. As a percent of revenue, 1994 and
1993 EBITDA were approximately 17% and 19% respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  The Company's operations have required substantial capital investment for
the purchase of telecommunications equipment and the design, construction and
development of the Company's networks. Capital expenditures for the Company
were $10.5 million, $13.7 million and $30.0 million in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively, excluding capital leases and telecommunications equipment
acquired in connection with business acquisitions. The Company expects that it
will continue to have substantial capital requirements in connection with the
(i) expansion and improvement of the Company's existing networks, (ii) design,
construction and development of new networks, (iii) connection of additional
buildings and customers to the Company's networks, (iv) purchase of switches
necessary for local exchange services and expansion of interexchange services
and (v) development of the Company's enhanced network services.
 
  The Company has funded a substantial portion of these expenditures primarily
through the public sale of debt and equity securities and, to a lesser extent,
privately placed debt. From inception to December 31, 1995, the Company has
sold or issued an aggregate of approximately $74.2 million of Common Stock,
including Common Stock issued in connection with the acquisitions of FiberNet
and Phone One, and $160 million in Existing Senior Notes.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
  The Company has produced positive EBITDA in each of the last five years.
However, the substantial capital investment required to build the Company's
networks has resulted in negative cash flow after investing activities from
operations in the five year period. This negative cash flow after investing
activities is a result of the requirement to build a substantial portion of
the network in anticipation of connecting revenue generating customers. The
Company expects to continue to produce negative cash flow after investing
activities for at least the next two years due to expansion activities
associated with the development of the Company's networks. Until sufficient
cash flow after investing activities is generated from operations, the Company
will have to utilize its current capital resources to meet its cash flow
requirements.
 
  The Company currently estimates that it requires approximately $175.0
million to fund anticipated capital expenditures for 1996 and 1997 and
approximately $110.0 million to fund anticipated capital expenditures for
1998. The Company expects that it will have adequate resources to fund its
anticipated capital expenditures in 1996, 1997 and a portion of its
anticipated capital expenditures in 1998 through the Offering and Concurrent
Offering and through internal sources of funds including cash flow from
operations. Capital expenditures will be used for the development and
expansion of its existing networks and for the development of fiber based
networks, owned and leased, in other selected metropolitan areas. In addition,
the Company expects to expend capital toward the further development of the
Company's enhanced network services and interexchange long distance service
offerings. The Company expects to expend substantial amounts to upgrade its
existing networks in order to switch traffic within a local service area in
those states where it is currently permitted to provide such services. In
addition, as any approvals necessary to permit the Company to provide such
services in other states are obtained, additional capital may be expended in
developing the capacity to provide switched services. If the Company's
internal resources are not sufficient to meet capital expenditure requirements
and to fund operating losses, the Company may obtain additional funding
through the sale of public or private debt and/or equity securities or through
securing a bank credit facility. There can be no assurance as to the
availability or the terms upon which such financing might be available.
Moreover, the Senior Discount Notes and the Existing Senior Notes impose
certain restrictions upon the Company's ability to incur additional
indebtedness.
 
  The Company has from time to time held, and continues to hold, preliminary
discussions with (i) potential strategic investors who have expressed an
interest in making an investment in or acquiring the Company and (ii)
potential joint venture partners looking toward the formation of strategic
alliances that would expand the reach of the Company's networks or services
without necessarily requiring an additional investment in the Company. In
addition to providing additional growth capital, management believes that an
alliance with an appropriate strategic investor would provide operating
synergy to, and enhance the competitive positions of, both ICI and the
investor within the rapidly consolidating telecommunications industry.
Potential strategic alliances or acquisitions are also continually being
explored by the Company. There can be no assurance that agreements for any of
the foregoing will be reached nor does management believe that the
consummation of any thereof is necessary to successfully implement its
strategic plans.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
  Inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company's operations over
the past three years.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
                               INDUSTRY HISTORY
 
  The present structure of the U.S. telecommunications market resulted largely
from the divestiture of the "Bell System" in 1984 (the "Divestiture"). As part
of the Divestiture, seven RBOCs were created to offer services in
geographically defined areas called LATAs. The RBOCs were separated from the
long distance provider, AT&T, resulting in the creation of two distinct
industries: local exchange and interexchange (commonly known as long
distance). The Divestiture provided for direct, open competition in the long
distance segment; however, it did not provide for competition in the local
exchange market. Nonetheless, several factors have served to promote
competition in the local exchange market, including (i) the LECs' monopoly
position and regulated pricing structure, which provided little incentive for
the LECs to reduce prices, improve service or upgrade their networks, (ii)
customers' desire for an alternative to the LEC monopoly, which desire grew
rapidly and was spurred in part by the development of competitive activities
in the long distance market and increasing demand for high quality, reliable
services, (iii) the advancement of fiber optic and digital electronic
technology (such as ATM and SONET), which combined the ability to transmit
voice and data at high speeds with greatly increased capacity and reliability
as compared to LECs' copper-based networks and (iv) the significant fees,
called "access charges," IXCs were required to pay to the LECs for access to
the LEC networks.
 
  Established in the mid-1980's, "competitive access providers" or "CAPs" were
among the first competitors in the local exchange market. CAPs provided non-
switched services (i.e., dedicated special access and private line) by
installing fiber optic facilities connecting IXCs' POPs within a metropolitan
area and, in some cases, connecting customers (primarily large businesses and
government agencies) with IXCs. CAPs used the substantial capacity and
economies of scale inherent in fiber optic cable to offer service that was
generally less expensive and of a higher quality than the LECs. In addition,
CAPs offered shorter installation and repair intervals and improved service
reliability in comparison to the LECs.
 
  At the same time, large numbers of regional and/or national IXCs were formed
to compete with AT&Tin the interexchange market. These IXCs generally fell
into two categories, facilities-based IXC's andnon-facilities-based IXCs
(i.e., switchless reseller).
 
  As CAPs proliferated during the latter part of the 1980's and early 1990's,
regulators in some states and at the federal level issued rulings which
favored competition and promoted the opening of markets to new entrants. These
rulings allowed CAPs to offer a number of new services, including, in certain
states, certain local network services.
 
  In the late 1980's and early 1990's, CAPs could compete effectively only for
dedicated special access and private line services to customers in buildings
physically connected to separate, privately owned CAP networks. In the early
1990's, federal regulations permitted CAPs to interconnect their networks with
the LEC networks at the LEC central offices. CAPs then had the opportunity to
increase significantly the number of customers and markets served without
physically expanding their networks. By connecting to the LEC central offices,
CAPs were able to use the extensive LEC networks to reach additional
customers, thus conserving their own capital while significantly expanding
their potential markets.
 
  In the summer of 1995, several states began opening their markets to local
exchange competition. On February 8, 1996, the Telecommunications Act of 1996
was signed into law. The 1996 Act provides a framework by which all states
must allow competition for local exchange services. See "--Government
Regulation." The market for telecommunications services in the United States
was $158 billion in 1995.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  ICI is a rapidly growing provider of integrated telecommunication services.
Founded in 1987 as one of the nation's first facilities-based CAPs, the
Company currently operates digital, fiber optic networks in nine metropolitan
areas and has one network under development. Expanding beyond provision of
traditional CAP services, the Company now provides enhanced network services,
including frame relay and Internet access services, primarily to business and
government customers, in approximately 600 cities nationwide, and is a
facilities-based interexchange carrier providing services, to approximately
10,000 customers. ICI intends to begin providing a range of local exchange
services in Florida in the second half of 1996 and in other parts of its
service territory as requisite approvals are obtained. ICI has continued to
increase its customer base and network density in the Southeast and its
customers' traffic to locations outside its existing service territory
continues to increase. The Company has pursued (and will continue to pursue)
attractive opportunities to expand into other geographic markets.
 
  The Company's goal is to become the single source provider of comprehensive
telecommunications services to its customers. To accomplish this goal, the
Company's strategy is to systematically secure a growing portion of a
customer's telecommunications business and, over time, through the provision
of additional integrated services, increase the customer's reliance on, and
sense of partnership with, the Company. In addition, with the advent of state
and federal laws mandating local exchange competition, significant
opportunities exist for the Company to increase its market share and reach new
market segments by allowing other parties, including IXCs, to resell ICI's
local exchange services, when available.
 
  ICI's strategy is designed to build a base of recurring revenues and to take
advantage of the increasing requirements of business and government customers
for more effective and efficient solutions to their telecommunications needs.
These customers require maximum reliability, high quality service, broad
geographic coverage (including end-to-end connectivity), solutions-oriented
customer service and the timely introduction of innovative services. These
customers also demand that services be delivered in a cost-effective manner
and, preferably, from a single source. The Company is well positioned to
satisfy such customer requirements due to (i) the successful negotiation of
interconnection co-carrier agreements for Florida with BellSouth, GTE and
Sprint-United and the implementation of NNIs for frame relay data transmission
with each of such carriers, (ii) a specialized sales and service approach
employing engineering and sales professionals who design and implement
customized, cost-effective telecommunications solutions, (iii) the ongoing
development and integration of new telecommunications services and (iv) the
strategic deployment of voice and data switches and digital fiber optic
networks designed with redundancy and diversity.
 
  In December 1994, the Company acquired Phone One, a facilities-based
interexchange carrier providing services to customers primarily located in
Florida and Georgia. In July 1995, the Company consummated its acquisition of
FiberNet thereby expanding its fiber optic networks into four additional
metropolitan areas. On February 20, 1996, the Company entered into an
agreement to purchase the telecommunications division of EMI, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation, for 937,500 shares of ICI
Common Stock. EMI's telecommunications division, headquartered in Syracuse,
New York, is a provider of frame relay based network services and
interexchange private line services primarily over digital microwave networks
in the northeastern United States. For the year ended December 31, 1995, EMI's
revenues were approximately $43 million and the combined pro forma revenues of
ICI and EMI were approximately $82 million. Although ICI believes the EMI
Acquisition will be consummated, there can be no assurance that the conditions
to the closing of such transaction will be satisfied and that the transaction
will be consummated. The FiberNet and Phone One acquisitions have allowed (and
the pending EMI Acquisition will allow) ICI to (i) expand its customer base
and increase its exposure to additional interregional customers, (ii)
introduce additional business customers to all of the Company's service
offerings, (iii) add long distance to its portfolio of service offerings, (iv)
reduce costs by eliminating overlapping facilities and removing duplicate NNIs
and (v) create synergies between long distance and local service offerings
such as economies of scale, usage sensitive billing capabilities and cross-
selling opportunities.
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
  Subject to receipt by the Company of the requisite approvals, the Company
intends to deploy switching equipment to provide local exchange and switched
access services in each of its principal markets. These new switches will also
augment the Company's interexchange services. The Company recently began to
deploy such switching equipment in Florida and intends to deploy four switches
in Florida during 1996. In addition, the Company is the first alternative
local exchange carrier to enter into interconnection co-carrier agreements for
Florida with each of BellSouth, GTE and Sprint-United, the three major
providers of local exchange services in Florida, which provide for reciprocal
rights to terminate traffic on each other's networks. Based upon FCC data and
the Company's knowledge of the industry, the Company estimates that the market
for local network services in 1995 was $5.0 billion in Florida, and $95
billion in the United States, substantially all of which is currently served
by LECs.
 
  The Company has nine digital, fiber optic networks in service and one under
development in a total of ten metropolitan areas. As of December 31, 1995,
this infrastructure was comprised of 17,128 fiber miles and 504 route miles
and was connected to 380 buildings. ICI continues to expand these networks and
has identified expansion opportunities in other selected markets. This
expansion should enable the Company to (i) achieve economies of scale in the
management of its networks as well as the marketing and sales of its services,
including local exchange services, (ii) more effectively service customers
that have a presence in multiple metropolitan areas and (iii) reach a
significant number of new customers.
 
  The Company has also undertaken a major expansion of its intercity network
to satisfy the growing demands for enhanced network services, including frame
relay networking services, ATM and Internet access. As a result, the Company
had approximately 2,300 nodes, serving customer locations in 600 cities as of
December 31, 1995 (not including the approximately 1,500 nodes in
approximately 400 cities served by EMI), as compared to approximately 900
nodes, serving customer locations in 336 cities as of December 31, 1994.
Enhanced network services, which are currently provided primarily on the
Company's frame relay network, are specialized interexchange services offered
by the Company for customers that need to transport large amounts of data
among multiple locations. To address the growing demand for end-to-end
connectivity and interoperability throughout the United States, in 1994, ICI
created, in conjunction with EMI and three other regional telecommunications
companies, the UniSPAN(C) consortium. This consortium, along with ICI's
relationship with certain other carriers, allows the Company to terminate
traffic both nationally and internationally utilizing other companies'
networks and provides a flow of traffic onto the Company's networks. In
addition, to further increase efficient access to a greater customer base, ICI
and EMI have successfully established approximately 100 NNIs which
interconnect their frame relay networks to those of BellSouth, Bell Atlantic
Telephone Companies, Sprint-United, NYNEX Corporation, Ameritech Operating
Companies, Southern New England Telephone Company, GTE and other carriers.
According to industry sources, the frame relay services market is projected to
grow at the rate of 84% per year through 1997 from its 1993 base of $144
million; however, there can be no assurance that such market growth will be
realized or that the assumptions underlying such projections are reliable.
 
  ICI was incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9, 1987, as the
successor to a Florida corporation that was founded in 1986. The Company's
principal offices are located at 3625 Queen Palm Drive, Tampa, Florida 33619,
and its telephone number is (813) 621-0011.
 
CORPORATE STRATEGY
 
  The Company's goals, and its strategy for achieving them, distinguish the
Company from many of its competitors. The Company's goal is to be a provider
of a comprehensive set of integrated telecommunications services to a broad
range of business and government customers, both directly and through
resellers. The Company has developed the staff and knowledge-based skills
required to market its services directly to business and government customers,
as well as to resellers. The Company believes this strategy reduces the risk
that accompanies the dependence on a few large customers. In addition, the
Company has a substantial base of customers to whom it can market local
exchange services when introduced. The significant capacity inherent
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
in the Company's networks also provides the Company with the opportunity to
offer additional services without a commensurate increase in operating
expenses. ICI provides its customers with a specialized sales and service
approach that enhances the cost effectiveness, value and reliability of the
Company's service offerings to its customers.
 
  In order to become the single source provider of comprehensive
telecommunications services to its customers, ICI has developed operating
strategies designed to attract and retain customers, optimize the operational
and cost structure of its networks and achieve desired growth. Below are the
important components of these strategies.
 
  Customer Strategy
  ----------------- 
  Provide Single-Source Telecommunications Services. The Company's service
portfolio currently includes: high capacity access and private line services,
high speed data networking (i.e., frame relay and ATM), Internet services,
interexchange long distance services, switched access transport and
integration services. The Company intends to continue to expand its service
offerings to customers, including providing local exchange services beginning
in 1996, in order to become a single-source provider of telecommunications
services. Recent state and federal legislation has opened the local exchange
services market to competition which until recently could only be provided by
the LECs. See "Business--Government Regulation." A single-source capability
provides significant advantages for the customer and for the Company. Not only
does this capability address customers' complex requirements associated with
integration of diverse networks and technologies at various locations, but it
also reduces customers' administrative burdens associated with service
charges, billing, network monitoring, implementation, coordination and
maintenance. The Company also believes that expanding its service offerings
will be advantageous operationally as the Company is able to introduce
additional services through existing networks and customer connections thereby
leveraging the significant capacity inherent in its digital networks.
 
  Focus on Business and Government Customers. The Company's portfolio of
service offerings, customer service approach, highly reliable networks, broad
geographic coverage and integration capabilities are well-suited to serve the
demands of telecommunications-intensive business and government customers. The
Company's existing business customer base includes firms in the retail,
financial services, grocery, manufacturing and other industry segments. The
Company has entered into a contract with the State of Florida to provide frame
relay based network services for the State Division of Communications. These
services will be deployed statewide and utilized by many of the State's
agencies. In addition, upon the consummation of the EMI Acquisition, the
Company would be a provider of telecommunications services to the State of New
York's Empire Net which connects numerous agencies within the State. The
Company believes that its success in providing these services to government
agencies will be replicated in other states within the Company's service
territory.
 
  Develop IXC and Value-Added Reseller Relationships. Recent changes in state
and federal regulation have accelerated ICI's ability to deliver local
exchange services and have provided LECs with incentives to foster local
exchange competition. In addition, as the IXCs enter the local exchange
business, the Company believes that they will seek to gain access to the local
exchange services market by either developing local network capacity or by
purchasing such capacity from alternative service providers. The Company
believes that these developments are likely to make ICI an attractive choice
for joint ventures and preferred vendor arrangements with the IXCs, LECs and
other telecommunications related companies. Such arrangements would benefit
the Company by enabling ICI to more rapidly recover its capital investment in
switches by increasing the traffic through its networks. These arrangements
should enable ICI to achieve greater market share and reach new market
segments more rapidly than it could otherwise. The Company intends to solicit
IXCs, out of region LECs, cable companies and other value added resellers to
resell its local exchange services, when available.
 
  Maintain and Develop Long-Term Relationships. By providing customized
telecommunications solutions to its customers, the Company develops a sense of
partnership with its customers. As a result, the Company believes that a
growing portion of its revenue base will be associated with long-term customer
relationships.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
  Provide Cost-Effective Service Offerings. ICI has developed a number of
innovative services designed to provide cost-effective telecommunications
solutions to its customers. Each of the Company's individually packaged
services is competitively priced and when integrated into a comprehensive
telecommunications package provides significant value over comparable LEC and
IXC service offerings. The Company believes that the introduction of its
services at competitive market rates has stimulated demand from small to
medium-sized customers thereby broadening the market for ICI's services.
 
  Expand Solutions-Oriented Sales Effort. The Company has rapidly expanded and
intends to continue to expand the utilization of its direct sales and support
team consisting of engineering and sales professionals to (i) increase the
level of integration between the Company's and the customer's operations thus
making the customer more reliant on the Company's services and (ii) broaden
the services that can be offered by the Company. During 1995, ICI increased
its sales representatives from 39 to 57. The Company believes its solutions-
oriented sales approach enables the Company to provide customers with
effective customized solutions to their telecommunications requirements.
 
  Network Strategy
  ---------------- 
  Control Franchise Points of the Networks. The Company focuses its capital
deployment on the segments of its networks that the Company believes will
provide it with the highest revenue potential and the greatest long-term
competitive advantage. The Company believes that connections to customers and
building entries represent an important strategic component of its networks.
These connections provide the Company with the platform to sell a variety of
services to existing or potential customers within a building. ICI also
believes that the deployment of switching technology and advanced network
electronics enables the Company to better configure its networks to provide
cost effective and customized solutions to its customers. The ability to offer
these types of solutions differentiates ICI from commodity transport service
providers.
 
  Extend Coverage to Provide End-to-End Connectivity. The Company has entered
into interconnection co-carrier agreements with the large LECs in Florida,
which allow the Company access to substantially all business and government
telephones in Florida. The Company anticipates entering into similar
arrangements with LECs in other markets. To better serve its end user
customers, the Company has also interconnected its frame relay network to
those of BellSouth, GTE, Bell Atlantic and several other carriers, thereby
substantially expanding the reach of its networks. Upon consummation of the
EMI Acquisition, ICI would provide originating and terminating transport
services in 45 states and maintain POPs for interexchange and enhanced network
services in most major cities in these states.
 
  Deploy Capital Cost Effectively on a Demand Driven Basis. The increasing
geographic coverage of the Company's services and the growing availability of
leased capacity at competitive rates have led the Company to lease network
capacity in various areas prior to, or in lieu of, building additional
capacity. Utilizing leased facilities enables the Company to (i) meet
customers' needs more rapidly, (ii) improve the utilization of ICI's existing
networks, (iii) add revenue producing customers before building networks
thereby reducing the risks associated with network construction and (iv) focus
its capital expenditures in geographic areas where network construction or
acquisition will provide a competitive advantage.
 
  Growth Strategy
  --------------- 
  Accelerate Internal Growth. By focusing on business and government customers
and maintaining high-quality and cost-effective services, the Company
generated significant internal growth. The Company believes that its customer
and network strategies will continue to enable ICI to expand its services and
markets, increase its revenue base and effectively compete in a dynamic
marketplace.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
  Selectively Acquire Existing Networks and Services. Over the past few years,
a portion of the Company's growth has been accomplished through acquisitions
(such as FiberNet, Phone One and EMI (pending)) and joint ventures or selling
relationships (such as those ICI has with its UniSPAN(C) partners). The
Company continues to examine from time to time various acquisition and joint
venture proposals to accelerate its rate of growth. In addition to the usual
financial considerations, ICI assesses each opportunity to determine if
either: (i) current network traffic into and out of the geographic areas
served by the target company warrant developing a presence in those geographic
areas or (ii) the target company offers services consistent with the Company's
service portfolio which are not currently offered by ICI utilizing technology
compatible with that utilized by ICI. Furthermore, ICI carefully evaluates the
target company's corporate culture to assess its ability to integrate the
target company's personnel and systems into the Company. While management does
not believe that acquisitions are necessary to achieve the Company's strategic
goals, strategic alliances with or acquisitions of appropriate companies may
accelerate achievement of those goals by creating operating synergies and more
rapid expansion of the Company's networks or services. Although the Company
considers potential acquisitions from time to time, other than the EMI
Acquisition, no agreement or agreement in principle has been reached for any
acquisition.
 
SERVICES PROVIDED AND MARKET
 
  With the commencement of its operations in Orlando, Florida, the Company
became one of the first CAPs in the United States and has developed into an
integrated telecommunications services provider in its territory. The Company
currently provides a broad array of local and long distance telecommunications
services and, as requisite approvals are obtained, these services will be
expanded into additional markets. See "Risk Factors--Uncertainty of Future
Regulation" and "--Government Regulation." Below is a summary of services the
Company currently provides or (where indicated below) intends to provide:
 
  Enhanced Network Services. Digital data network services provided on ICI's
network platform, which currently utilizes frame relay technology, including
flexible bandwidth connectivity and multi-protocol support.
 
  Internet Services. Access to the Internet and hosted applications including
world wide web page, e-mail and file transfer protocol (FTP) support.
 
  Local Exchange Services. Switched services providing local telephone
service, including local dial tone service, to business and government
customers or to carriers and other value-added resellers (beginning in the
second half of 1996).
 
  Long Distance Services. Switching and transport, billed on a minutes of use
basis, of interexchange traffic including voice and data.
 
  Switched Access Services. Switched services, offered to IXCs, billed on a
minutes of use basis, that connect a customer to a POP of an IXC (beginning in
the second half of 1996).
 
  Special Access and Private Line Services. Non-switched dedicated connections
including high capacity interconnections between (i) the POPs of an IXC, (ii)
the POPs of different IXCs, (iii) the POPs of an IXC and LEC end offices, (iv)
large customers and their selected IXCs and (v) different locations of
particular customers. These services are billed at a flat, non-usage
sensitive, monthly rate.
 
  Integration Services. Provision and customized configuration of customer
premise equipment (CPE), provision of network equipment and related support,
application design support and other consulting services.
 
  The following table sets forth the Company's estimates, based upon an
analysis of industry sources including industry projections, and FCC data, of
the market size nationally of the services described above. Only a limited
amount of direct information is currently available and therefore a
significant portion of the information set forth below is based upon estimates
and assumptions made by the Company. The Company believes that its estimates
are based upon reliable information and that its assumptions are reasonable.
There can be no assurance,
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
however, that the estimates will not vary from the actual market data and that
these variances will not be substantial.
 
  The size of the market for these services is not intended to provide an
indication of the Company's total addressable market or the revenue potential
for the Company's services. ICI has obtained all certifications necessary to
permit the Company to provide local exchange service in the State of Florida
and is in the process of obtaining the necessary certifications in seven other
states where the Company operates or plans to operate. In addition, the
Company's ability to offer services in Florida and in other states is limited
by the size and coverage of the Company's networks and competitive factors.
Investors should not place undue reliance on this information in making an
investment decision with respect to the securities offered hereby.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1995 COMPANY ESTIMATES
                                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                                                   U.S.
                                                          ----------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
LOCAL NETWORK SERVICES
  Special Access and Private Line Services...............        $  7,400
  Switched Access Services...............................          18,900
  Local Exchange Services(1).............................          45,400
  Other(2)...............................................          22,900
                                                                 --------
    Total Local Network Services.........................          94,600
ENHANCED NETWORK SERVICES................................             700
INTEREXCHANGE SERVICES...................................          62,700
                                                                 --------
    Total Additional Services............................          63,400
                                                                 --------
TOTAL MARKET SIZE........................................        $158,000
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The Company is currently permitted to offer these services in Florida and
    has applied for certification to offer these services in Alabama, Georgia,
    Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, Ohio and South Carolina.
(2) Other includes revenue from pay phones, billing services and intraLATA
    calling services.
 
  ICI's services generally fall into three categories: (i) local network
services, which include local exchange services, special and switched access
services and local private line services, (ii) enhanced network services,
which include frame relay based data transport, ATM and Internet services and
(iii) interexchange (long distance) services.
 
  The Company's local network services consist of traditional CAP services,
which the Company has been offering since 1987, and will include switched
access and local exchange service, which the Company plans to begin offering
in 1996. The Company provides customers traditional CAP services either by
building network facilities or leasing extended network facilities to the
customer's premises. In the markets where the Company has digital, fiber optic
networks, the addition of local exchange services allows the Company to
increase its revenue generating product mix with minimal additional capital
costs and allows a more integrated service to be offered to the customer. The
initial circuit used to reach the customer establishes a platform that can be
utilized to offer additional services. Due to the significant bandwidth
inherent in fiber optic cable, a single connection can support a large number
of service types.
 
  The Company has consistently built its base of local network service
customers by offering highly reliable, high quality services that compete
primarily with the LECs. In 1995, local network services accounted for
approximately 28% of the Company's total revenues. The Company believes that
the market for these services will continue to exhibit growth through the
introduction of switched access services, expansion of networks within
existing markets, addition of new markets, and through increased penetration
of existing customers in these markets with new incremental services. Local
exchange services, which the Company expects will continue to open for
competition around the country as the telecommunications industry deregulation
continues, will offer large, new opportunities to utilize the Company's
existing networks and customer connections. The Company's services and
networks position the Company to take advantage of this deregulation.
 
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  Enhanced network services consist of (a) interexchange data networks
utilizing frame relay technology, (b) application services, such as Internet,
which utilize the frame relay network and (c) interexchange private line
services. Enhanced network services enable customers to economically and
securely transmit large volumes of data typically sent in large bursts from
one site to another. Previously, customers had to utilize low speed dedicated
private lines or dial up circuits for interconnecting remote LANs and other
customer locations. These methods had numerous disadvantages including (i) low
transmission speeds, (ii) systems that required the utilization of
complementary protocols and line speeds which significantly increased the cost
of implementing networks, (iii) limited security placing customers' entire
networks at risk to tampering from outside sources and (iv) high costs due to
the necessity to pay for a full time dedicated line despite infrequent use.
Enhanced network services are utilized for LAN interconnection, remote site,
point of sale and branch office communications solutions.
 
  The typical ICI customer for enhanced network services has multiple business
locations, many of which are in the Southeast, and requires communication for
one or more data applications among these locations. The customer may also
have a number of locations served by ICI's fiber optic networks; however,
provision of enhanced network services is not dependent on the provision of
local network services at any specific location. All of the customers'
locations, whether domestic or international, are monitored by the Company and
can be served through the Company's own operations or through the use of
partner networks (e.g., UniSPAN (C)).
 
  In 1995, the Company's enhanced network services accounted for approximately
18% of the Company's total revenue. The market for enhanced network services,
according to industry sources, is expected to grow at a rapid pace over the
next several years. There can be no assurance, however, that such market
growth will be realized or that the assumptions underlying such projections
are reliable.
 
  Interexchange long distance services have been offered by the Company since
December 1994. Interexchange long distance services include inbound (800)
service, outbound service and calling card telephone service. The Company
currently provides interLATA long distance services in Florida and Georgia and
interstate long distance services nationwide. The Company intends to expand
its service offerings to include intraLATA long distance services as
regulation permits and interLATA long distance services in additional states.
 
  The enhanced network services and the interexchange services provided by the
Company are supported by a common backbone network allowing ICI to offer
interexchange private line services at a competitive price. See "--Network."
 
  The Company's integration services are applicable to all three categories of
services described above and are made available to end user and carrier
customers. A team of sales professionals and engineers will develop
specialized solutions for a customer's specific telecommunications needs. Some
of these integration services include the sale and installation of third party
equipment to handle certain telecommunications and monitoring functions and
the development of private networks. The Company believes that such services
increase the level of linkage between the Company's and the customer's
operations thereby increasing the customer's reliance on the Company.
 
  The Company plans to continue to expand its domestic geographic reach by
acquiring and integrating high quality value added companies, such as EMI. In
addition, the Company, through the pursuit of strategic alliances, plans to
expand its ability to originate and terminate voice and data traffic in
certain Latin American markets during 1996. ICI believes these markets are
important to its business because, not only is there a significant community
of interest between many of these countries and the cities of Miami and Tampa
as a result of the large Spanish speaking populations in these cities, but
there are also a number of businesses that have operations in both Latin
America and Florida. In addition, Miami has become an important center of
commerce for Latin American businesses.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
SALES, MARKETING AND SERVICE DELIVERY
 
  ICI's marketing activities are primarily directed to business and government
customers with a presence in the Company's service territory. The Company's
customers include large corporations, financial services companies, government
departments and agencies, and academic, scientific and other major
institutions as well as small and medium sized businesses and IXCs.
 
  The Company's sales and marketing approach is to build long-term business
relationships with its customers, with the intent of becoming the single
source provider of all of their telecommunications services. In an effort to
leverage its recent success in obtaining government contracts, the Company has
created a sales group whose focus is the marketing of ICI's telecommunications
services to government departments and agencies. More generally, the ICI sales
force includes specialized resources who focus on sales to wholesale, retail
and alternate channel (agents and value added resellers) consumers of the
Company's telecommunications services. The Company's sales staff works to gain
a better understanding of the customer's operations in order to develop
innovative application specific solutions to each customer's needs. The sales
staff also works with customers that have large bases of services with the LEC
to convert these to services provided by ICI. Sales personnel locate potential
business customers by several methods, including customer referral, market
research, cold calling and other networking alliances.
 
  Enhanced network services, like all other ICI services, are sold through the
Company's existing sales force, supported by sales engineers, and often in
cooperation with agents and value added resellers (independent providers of
communications hardware to customers), and other business associates. This
approach enables the Company to (i) emphasize the applications solutions
aspects of enhanced network services and (ii) utilize the expertise and
resources of other vendors. The Company intends to expand its sales and
engineering support staff and other technical specialists in order to meet the
growing demand for enhanced network services. Since these services are also
sold to extended network customers of the Company, this sales effort offers
the Company a means of expanding its network. See "--Network."
 
  The Company's service delivery staff is primarily responsible for
coordinating service and installation activities. Delivery service activities
include surveying the site to assess ambient conditions and power and space
requirements, as well as coordinating installation dates and equipment
delivery and testing. ICI's customer service and technical staff plans,
engineers, monitors and maintains the integrity, quality and availability of
the Company's networks. ICI's customer service and technical staff are
available to customers 24 hours every day.
 
  To support all of its network based services, the Company has implemented an
automated ordering, provisioning and billing system similar to that used by
the LECs. This automated system makes it easy for the Company's IXC customers
to track their orders with ICI, and similarly allows ICI to track its orders
with the LECs. ICI has also implemented an integrated network management
system which enhances the Company's ability to monitor, test, track trouble
and dispatch repair resources. This system monitors the performance of ICI's
networks 24 hours every day.
 
NETWORK
 
  The Company has deployed its network infrastructure selecting the most
economical alternative of constructing or leasing facilities or a combination
thereof. The Company generally chooses to own facilities where (i) there is no
fiber optic network alternative and the Company can be the incumbent network
provider, (ii) ownership creates strategic value for the Company, (iii) large
concentrations of telecommunications traffic are accessible to justify network
construction and (iv) network construction can create significant barriers to
entry for subsequent competitors who may wish to enter the Company's markets.
 
  In addition to the "build" vs. "lease" decision for network deployment, the
Company also considers potential network acquisitions from time to time (e.g.
the acquisition of FiberNet and the pending EMI Acquisition). The Company
believes that acquisitions will generally provide it with (i) immediate access
to incremental customers, (ii) reduction of network construction and
implementation risks, (iii) elimination of an
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
incumbent competitor, (iv) immediate access to additional qualified
management, sales and technical personnel and (v) a network platform for the
provision of incremental value added services.
 
  In those markets where ICI chooses to deploy broadband fiber networks, the
Company's strategy is to first develop the IXC "carrier ring" portion of its
network, a high capacity network designed to be accessible to all the major
long distance carriers in the area. This portion of the network allows the
Company to provide services to these long distance carriers, initially, and
over time to connect business and government customers to such long distance
carriers. Second, the Company designs a larger "backbone ring" extending from
the carrier ring, with a view toward making the network accessible to the
largest concentration of telecommunications-intensive, business and government
customers in the area. Hubs are strategically located on the backbone rings to
allow for the collection and distribution of telecommunications traffic onto
and off of the backbone ring. Third, the Company concentrates its sales and
marketing efforts on adding business and government customers located on or
very near its backbone network and hub locations. Once ICI determines that
there is sufficient customer demand in a particular area, it extends
"distribution rings" from the backbone ring to reach specific business
customers in that area.
 
  ICI's city-based networks are comprised of fiber optic cables, integrated
switching facilities, advanced electronics, data switching equipment (e.g.
frame relay), transmission equipment and associated wiring and equipment. By
virtue of its state-of-the-art equipment and ring-like architecture, the
Company's networks offer electronic redundancy and diverse access routing.
Through automatic protection switching, if any electrical component or fiber
optic strand fails, the signal is instantaneously switched to a "hot standby"
component or fiber. Since network outages and transmission errors can be very
disruptive and costly to long distance carriers and other customers,
consistent reliability is critical to customers. In addition, ICI monitors its
networks 24 hours every day.
 
  The Company currently has fiber optic networks in service in Orlando, Tampa,
Miami, St. Petersburg, Jacksonville, and West Palm Beach, Florida, Cincinnati,
Ohio, Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina and Huntsville, Alabama and under
development in St. Louis, Missouri. ICI continues to expand these metropolitan
area networks and has identified network expansion opportunities in other
selected markets.
 
  In addition, the Company has undertaken a significant network expansion to
satisfy the demands of the Company's market driven growth in enhanced network
service offerings. The Company has deployed resources, primarily switching
equipment, to develop an extensive network to provide these data services to
customers with multiple locations. Excess capacity on this leased network can
be used to provide incremental telecommunications services such as
interexchange long distance services. Often, the Company offers these enhanced
services in geographic markets where it has not deployed its own fiber optic
network by leasing facilities from a variety of entities, including LECs,
utilities, IXCs, local governments, cable companies and various
transit/highway authorities. With these networks (including EMI), the Company
currently serves approximately 500 cities located east of the Mississippi
River. These networks and the leased facilities connected to them, comprise
the network platform which the Company utilizes to offer its broad array of
telecommunications services to its customers. Finally, the Company also has
agreements with certain third parties and the carriers in the UniSPAN(C)
consortium, to deliver enhanced network services nationwide or internationally
through a seamless data network.
 
  The Company's telecommunications equipment vendors actively participate in
planning and developing electronic equipment for use in ICI's networks. The
Company does not believe it is dependent on any single vendor for equipment.
Because the Company uses existing telecommunications technology rather than
developing it, ICI's research and development expenditures are not material.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The Company faces competition in three distinct market segments--local
network services (local exchange, special access and private line and switched
access services), enhanced network services and interexchange services
(traditional long distance services).
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
  The Company believes that various legislative initiatives, including the
recently enacted 1996 Act, have removed remaining legislative barriers to
local exchange competition. While the Company currently competes with AT&T,
MCI and others in the interexchange services market, the recent federal
legislation permits the RBOCs to provide interexchange services under certain
circumstances. If the RBOCs begin to provide such services, they will be in a
position to offer single source service similar to that being offered by ICI.
In addition, Sprint-United currently offers, and various LECs and IXCs,
including BellSouth and GTE, have announced their intent to offer, integrated
telecommunication services in areas currently served by ICI. AT&T and MCI have
also announced their intent to enter into the local exchange services market.
The Company cannot predict the number of competitors that will emerge as a
result of any new federal and state regulatory or legislative actions.
Competition from integrated telecommunications services provided by the RBOCs,
AT&T or MCI could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
  Competition in each of the market segments served by the Company, as well as
for systems integration which is common to all market segments, is discussed
below.
 
  Local Network Services. In each of its geographic markets, the Company faces
significant competition for the local network services it offers from RBOCs
and other LECs, which currently dominate their local telecommunications
markets. These companies all have long-standing relationships with their
customers and have financial, personnel and technical resources substantially
greater than those of ICI.
 
  The Company also faces competition in most markets in which it operates from
one or more CAPs operating fiber optic networks. Other local network service
providers have operations or are initiating operations within one or more of
the Company's service areas. ICI expects MFS Communications Company ("MFS"),
MCI, Teleport Communications Group, Inc. ("Teleport"), Jones Lightwave and
certain cable television providers, many of which are substantially larger and
have substantially greater financial resources than the Company, to enter some
or all of the Florida markets that the Company presently serves. At least two
of these competitors, MFS and Teleport, have entered or announced plans to
enter a number of ICI's service areas. ICI also understands that other
entities have indicated their desire to enter the local exchange services
market within specific metropolitan areas of Florida. With respect to the
markets outside of Florida, including those to be accessed through the
acquisition of EMI, there is currently similar local network service
competition in substantially all of such markets.
 
  In addition, a continuing trend toward consolidation and strategic alliances
within the telecommunications industry could result in significant new
competition for the Company. AT&T and MCI have announced their intent to enter
into the local network services market. Other potential competitors of the
Company include utility companies, long distance carriers, wireless telephone
systems and private networks built by individual business customers. The
Company cannot predict the number of competitors that will emerge as a result
of any new federal and state regulatory or legislative actions.
 
  The Company believes it has competitive advantages over other local network
service providers in Florida because of ICI's incumbent status, existing
Network Agreements (as defined) and customer relationships.
 
  Competition in all of the Company's geographic market areas is based on
quality, reliability, customer service and responsiveness, service features
and price. The Company has kept its prices at levels competitive with those of
the LECs while providing, in the opinion of the Company, a higher level of
service and responsiveness to its customers. ICI's broadband fiber ring
networks provide both diverse routing and redundant electronics, high quality
design features not fully deployed in the local telephone companies' networks.
 
  Although the LECs are generally subject to greater pricing and regulatory
constraints than other local network service providers, LECs are achieving
increasing pricing flexibility for their local services as a result of recent
legislative and regulatory developments. The LECs have continued to lower
rates, resulting in downward pressure on certain dedicated and switched access
transport rates. This price erosion has decreased operating margins for these
services. However, the Company believes this effect will be more than offset
by the increased
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
revenues available as a result of access to customers provided through
interconnection co-carrier agreements and the opening of local exchange
service to competition. In addition, the Company believes that lower rates for
dedicated access will benefit other services offered, or planned to be
offered, by the Company.
 
  Enhanced Network Services. The Company faces competition in its enhanced
network services business from LECs, IXCs, VSAT providers and others. Many of
the Company's existing and potential competitors have financial, personnel and
other resources significantly greater than those of the Company.
 
  The Company competes with the larger IXCs on the basis of service
responsiveness, rapid response to technology and service trends, and a
regional focus borne of early market successes. All of the major IXCs,
including AT&T, MCI, Sprint Communications Company L.P. and LDDS Worldcom,
Inc. offer frame relay services and several of the major IXCs have announced
plans to provide Internet services. The Company believes it competes favorably
with these providers in its markets, based on the high density of its
networks, relatively greater experience and in-house expertise. Continued
aggressive pricing is expected to support continued rapid growth, but will
place increasing pressure on operating margins.
 
  The Company also competes with VSAT services on the basis of price and data
capacity. The Company believes that the relatively low bandwidth of each VSAT
terminal and the cost of purchasing and installing VSAT equipment limits the
ability of VSAT to compete with the frame relay services provided by the
Company.
 
  Many of the LECs now offer services similar to ICI's enhanced network
services, but offer them only on an intraLATA basis. While the LECs generally
cannot interconnect their frame relay networks with each other, both ICI and
EMI have interconnected their frame relay networks with those of various LECs.
As a result, ICI can use certain LEC services to keep its own costs down when
distributing into areas that cannot be more economically serviced on its own
networks. ICI expects the LECs to aggressively expand their enhanced network
services as regulatory developments permit them to deploy interLATA long
distance networks. When the LECs are permitted to provide such services, they
will be in a position to offer single source service similar to that being
offered by ICI.
 
  Interexchange Services. The Company currently competes with AT&T, MCI and
others in the interexchange services market. In providing interexchange
services, the Company focuses on quality service and economy to distinguish
itself in a very competitive marketplace. ICI has built a loyal customer base
by emphasizing its customer service. The additional new services that may be
offered as the Company begins to implement local exchange service should
further support this position by allowing the Company to market a wide array
of fully integrated telecommunications services.
 
  Systems Integration. The Company faces competition in its systems
integration business from equipment manufacturers, the RBOCs and other LECs,
long distance carriers and systems integrators, many of which have financial,
personnel and other resources significantly greater than those of the Company.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
  Overview. The Company's services are subject to varying degrees of federal,
state and local regulation. The FCC exercises jurisdiction over all facilities
of, and services offered by, telecommunications common carriers to the extent
those facilities are used to provide, originate or terminate interstate or
international communications. The state regulatory commissions retain
jurisdiction over most of the same facilities and services to the extent they
are used to originate or terminate intrastate communications. In addition,
many of the regulations issued by these regulatory bodies may be subject to
judicial review, the result of which ICI is unable to predict.
 
  Federal Regulation. The Company must comply with the requirements of common
carriage under the Communications Act of 1934 (the "Communications Act"), as
amended. Comprehensive amendments to the Communications Act were made by the
1996 Act, which was signed into law on February 8, 1996. The 1996 Act effected
plenary changes in regulation at both the federal and state levels that affect
virtually every segment
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
of the telecommunications industry. The stated purpose of the 1996 Act is to
promote competition in all areas of telecommunications and to reduce
unnecessary regulation to the greatest extent possible. While it will take
years for the industry to feel the full impact of the 1996 Act, it is
immediately clear that the legislation provides the Company with both new
opportunities and new challenges.
 
  The 1996 Act gives the FCC the authority to forebear from regulating
companies if it finds that such regulation does not serve the public interest,
and directs the FCC to review its regulations for continued relevance on a
regular basis. As a result of this directive, a number of the regulations that
currently apply to the Company may be eliminated in the future. While it is
therefore expected that a number of regulations that were developed prior to
the 1996 Act will be eliminated in time, those which still apply to the
Company at present are discussed below.
 
  The FCC has established different levels of regulation for dominant and non-
dominant carriers. Of domestic common carrier services, only GTE Corporation
(including its subsidiary, GTE Florida Incorporated) and the RBOCs are
classified as dominant carriers, and all other providers of domestic common
carrier services, including the Company, are classified as non-dominant
carriers. While the recently enacted 1996 Act provides the FCC with the
authority to forebear from imposing any regulations it deems unnecessary,
including requiring non-dominant carriers to file tariffs, there can be no
assurance that the FCC will so forebear. Challenges to tariffs by third
parties may cause the Company to incur significant legal and administrative
expenses.
 
  The FCC's Interconnection Decisions restructured the interstate competitive
access services market. On September 17, 1992, the FCC ordered the RBOCs and
all but one of the local telephone companies having in excess of $100 million
in gross annual revenue for regulated services to provide expanded
interconnection and collocation in local telephone company central offices and
serving wire centers to any CAP, long distance carrier or end user seeking
such interconnection for the provision of interstate access services. Subject
to few exceptions, local telephone companies must offer interconnection in
their central offices at cost-based rates. The FCC's Interconnection Decisions
require local telephone companies to provide central office transmission
equipment dedicated to interconnectors' use to terminate interconnectors'
circuits. Consequently, the Company can reach most business customers in its
metropolitan service areas, and thereby significantly expand its customer
base.
 
  A decision by a federal appeals court invalidated some aspects of the FCC's
initial collocation rules, thereby making collocation somewhat more costly and
administratively difficult. As discussed below, however, the 1996 Act
effectively overturns the appeals court decision and expands interconnection
for both interstate and intrastate services.
 
  The 1996 Act greatly expands the FCC's collocation requirements on the LECs,
and may greatly increase the value and function of collocation to the Company
and other interconnectors. The 1996 Act requires the LECs to: (i) provide
physical collocation, which allows companies such as ICI and other
interconnectors to install and maintain their own network termination
equipment in LEC central offices; (ii) unbundle components of their local
service networks so that other providers of competitive local service can
compete for a wider range of local services customers; (iii) establish
"wholesale" rates for their services to promote resale by CAPs and other
competitors; (iv) establish number portability, which will allow a customer to
retain its existing phone number if it switches from the LEC to a competitive
local service provider; (v) establish dialing parity, which ensures that
customers will not detect a quality difference in dialing telephone numbers or
accessing operators or emergency services; and (vi) provide nondiscriminatory
access to telephone poles, ducts, conduit and rights-of-way. In addition, the
1996 Act requires LECs to compensate competitive carriers for traffic
originated by the LECs and terminated on the competitive carriers' networks.
The FCC must establish regulations governing all of these conditions by August
1996. Although these requirements are intended to benefit new entrants in the
local exchange market, such as ICI, the Company is unable to determine how
effective they will be until the FCC completes its rulemaking proceedings and
state regulators begin to implement the FCC's requirements.
 
  As part of its procompetitive policies, the 1996 Act frees the RBOCs from
the judicial orders that prohibited their provision of interLATA services.
Specifically, the Act permits RBOCs to provide long distance services outside
of their local service regions immediately, and will permit them to provide
in-region interLATA service
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
upon demonstrating to the FCC and state regulatory agencies that they have
adhered to the FCC's interconnection regulations.
 
  As a result of these provisions of the 1996 Act, the Company will likely
gain access to an expanded customer base, and should be able to realize a
reduction in its costs of interconnection. At the same time, the Act also
makes competitive entry more attractive to RBOCs, other LECs, interexchange
carriers and other companies, and likely will increase the level of
competition that the Company faces.
 
  The 1996 Act also repeals the telecommunications/cable television cross-
ownership prohibition which generally had prohibited LECs from providing in-
region cable television service.
 
  The 1996 Act's interconnection requirements also apply to interexchange
carriers and all other providers of telecommunications services, although the
terms and conditions for interconnection provided by these carriers are not
regulated as strictly as interconnection provided by the LECs. This may
provide the Company with the ability to reduce its own access costs by
interconnecting directly with non-LECs, but may also cause the Company to
incur additional administrative and regulatory expenses in reply to
interconnection requests.
 
  While the 1996 Act reduces regulation to which non-dominant local exchange
carriers are subject, it also reduces the level of regulation that applies to
the LECs, and increases their ability to respond quickly to competition from
the Company and others. Specifically, the 1996 Act will subject the LECs to
"streamlined" tariff regulation, which greatly accelerates the time in which
tariffs that change service rates take effect, and eliminates the requirement
that LECs obtain FCC authorization before constructing new domestic
facilities. These actions will allow LECs to change service rates more quickly
in response to competition. Similarly, the FCC has initiated a proceeding to
review its price cap rules that may permit significant new pricing flexibility
to LECs. To the extent that such increased pricing flexibility is provided,
the Company's ability to compete with LECs for certain services may be
adversely affected.
 
  The 1996 Act directs the FCC, in cooperation with state regulators, to
establish a Universal Service Fund that will provide subsidies to carriers
that provide service to underserved individuals and high cost areas. These
proceedings, which must be concluded by May, 1997, may require the Company to
contribute to the Universal Service Fund, but may also allow the Company to
receive payments from the Fund if it is deemed eligible. The Company also may
provide service to underserved customers in lieu of making Universal Service
Fund payments. The net revenue effect of these regulations on the Company
cannot be determined at this time.
 
  In an order released on October 18, 1995, the FCC found that the transport
of frame relay service should be classified as a "basic" service. Previously,
it was common practice in the industry for many carriers to consider frame
relay an "enhanced" service. This decision is significant because the FCC
requires that basic services be tariffed, but permits enhanced services to be
offered on an off-tariff basis. As a result of the FCC's decision, all
carriers that provide frame relay transport must include the service in their
federal tariffs by May 6, 1996. The Company has included its frame relay
service in its federal tariff. The "basic" and "enhanced" terminology used by
the FCC is a regulatory term of art denoting the classification of services
for tariffing purposes. This regulatory use of the term should not be confused
with the Company's description of a class of services--frame relay, ATM and
Internet services--as "enhanced" elsewhere in this document.
 
  State Regulation. To the extent that the Company provides intrastate
service, it is subject to the jurisdiction of the relevant state public
service commissions. The Company currently provides some intrastate services
in Florida, Missouri and Ohio and is subject to regulation by the public
service commissions of those states. The Company also has a network providing
interstate service in North Carolina, but is not currently certified to
provide intrastate services. The Company anticipates providing local service
in that state by the end of the year, however, and will become subject to
regulation by the state regulatory commission at that time. EMI provides local
access services and enhanced network services in New Jersey, New York and
Pennsylvania, and is subject to the jurisdiction of the regulatory commissions
in those states. In addition, Phone One is authorized in certain states to
offer intrastate long distance service.
 
  The 1996 Act preempts state statutes and regulations that restrict the
provision of competitive local services. As a result of this sweeping
legislation, the Company will be free to provide the full range of intrastate
local and
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
long distance services in all states in which it currently operates, and any
states into which it may expand. While this action greatly increases the
Company's addressable customer base, it also increases the amount of
competition to which the Company may be subject.
 
  While all of the states listed above have recently enacted legislation or
regulations that have permitted, or will permit, local service competition,
the 1996 Act will require most of the states to modify these policies to bring
them into conformance with federal standards. The 1996 Act also authorizes the
states to adopt additional regulations to the extent that they do not conflict
with the federal standards. It is unclear at this time how the states will
respond to the new federal legislation, and what additional regulations they
may adopt. While the 1996 Act's prohibition of state barriers to competitive
entry took effect on February 8, 1996, there likely will be significant
procedural delays before the new federal policies are fully implemented.
Summaries of the currently applicable state regulations are set forth below.
 
  Florida. In Florida, the Company is subject to regulation by the Florida
Public Service Commission ("FPSC"). Currently, the FPSC has authorized the
Company to provide all intrastate services, including local exchange service.
The Company is authorized to provide a full array of local exchange, enhanced
data and long distance services in Florida.
 
  The FPSC does not require the Company to file tariffs or to meet any
services standards for any of its intrastate CAP or local exchange services.
The Florida Legislature in 1995 approved changes to the Florida
telecommunications statute to permit the Company to operate on the same basis
and with the same rights as the LECs. This is commonly referred to as being a
"co-carrier." As a result of co-carrier status, the Company will be able to
provide a greatly increased array of services subject to minimal regulatory
oversight.
 
  Ohio. In Ohio, the Company is subject to regulation by the Public Utilities
Commission of Ohio. As a certified carrier, ICI may provide intrastate special
access and private line services. Additionally, the Company may resell CENTREX
services subject to certain conditions.
 
  Missouri. In Missouri, the Company is subject to regulation by the Missouri
Public Service Commission. As a certified carrier, ICI may provide intrastate
private line and special access services.
 
  North Carolina. Due to state regulations, the Company is limited to
operating as an interstate carrier in North Carolina, providing access to and
between IXCs and between customers and their IXCs. A legislative initiative
was recently passed in North Carolina which will permit the Company to provide
intrastate services under the jurisdiction of the North Carolina Utilities
Commission beginning in July 1996. The Company is in the process of being
certified to provide a full array of telecommunications in North Carolina.
 
  Alabama. Due to state regulations, the Company is limited to operating as an
interstate carrier in Alabama, providing access to and between IXCs and
between customers and their IXCs. The Company is in the process of being
certified to provide a full array of telecommunications services in Alabama.
 
  New Jersey. EMI is subject to regulation by the New Jersey Board of Public
Utilities. Upon the consummation of the EMI Acquisition, the Company would be
certified to provide intrastate access and enhanced network services in New
Jersey.
 
  New York. EMI is subject to regulation by the New York Public Service
Commission. Upon the consummation of the EMI Acquisition, the Company would be
certified to provide a full array of intrastate telecommunications services
including local exchange services in New York.
 
  Pennsylvania. EMI is subject to regulation by the Pennsylvania Utility
Commission. Upon the consummation of the EMI Acquisition, the Company would be
certified to provide intrastate access and enhanced network services in
Pennsylvania.
 
  As the Company expands its operations into other states, it may become
subject to the jurisdiction of their respective public service commissions for
certain services offered by ICI. The Company does not believe that the
services currently provided by it in other states are subject to regulation by
the public service commissions
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
of those states. The Company does not believe that its relationship with Latin
American or other international service providers currently subjects it to (or
will subject it to) regulation outside the United States.
 
  Local Government Authorizations. The Company may be required to obtain from
municipal authorities street opening and construction permits to install and
expand its fiber optic networks in certain cities. In some cities, local
partners or subcontractors may already possess the requisite authorizations to
construct or expand the Company's networks.
 
  In some of the areas where the Company provides service, it may be subject
to municipal franchise requirements and to pay license or franchise fees based
on a percent of gross revenue. There are no assurances that certain
municipalities that do not currently impose fees will not seek to impose fees
in the future, nor is there any assurance that, following the expiration of
existing franchises, fees will remain at their current levels. In many
markets, other companies providing local telecommunications services,
particularly the LECs, currently are excused from paying license or franchise
fees or pay fees that are materially lower than those required to be paid by
the Company. The 1996 Act requires municipalities to charge nondiscriminatory
fees to all telecommunications providers, but it is uncertain how quickly this
requirement will be implemented by particular municipalities in which the
Company operates or plans to operate or whether it will be implemented without
a legal challenge initiated by the Company or another competitive access
provider.
 
  If any of the existing Network Agreements were terminated prior to their
expiration date and the Company was forced to remove its fiber optic cables
from the streets or abandon its network in place, even with compensation, such
termination could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
AGREEMENTS
 
  Interconnection Co-carrier Agreements. The Company has recently entered into
interconnection co-carrier agreements with BellSouth, GTE and Sprint-United.
Each of these agreements provides for mutual compensation
and sets forth the other terms and conditions upon which the carriers may
terminate traffic on each other's networks. The agreements further provide
that to the extent that the agreement fails to contemplate issues arising
during the implementation thereof, additional terms and conditions will be set
by negotiation between the parties or set by the FPSC upon request of the
parties. Each of these agreements expires on December 31, 1997.
 
  Network Agreements. The Company has built its digital fiber optic networks
pursuant to various rights-of-way, conduit and dark fiber leases, utility pole
attachment agreements and purchase arrangements (collectively, the "Network
Agreements"). Substantially all of the Network Agreements (other than utility
pole attachment agreements, which typically can be terminated on 90 days
notice) are for a long-term and include renewal options.
 
  Although none of the Network Agreements are exclusive, the Company believes
that conduit space, fiber availability and other physical constraints make it
unlikely that the lessors under the various Network Agreements could easily
make similar arrangements available to others. The Company believes that its
relationships with its lessors are satisfactory. Certain of the Network
Agreements require ICI to make revenue sharing payments or, in some cases, to
provide a fixed price alternative or dark fiber to the lessor without an
additional charge. In addition, the Company has various other performance
obligations under its Network Agreements, the breach of which could result in
the termination of such agreements. Further, actions by government regulatory
bodies could, in certain instances, also result in the termination of certain
Network Agreements. The cancellation of any of the material Network Agreements
could materially adversely affect the Company's business in the affected
metropolitan area. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Cancellation or Non-Renewal of
Network Agreements."
 
  Interexchange Agreements. ICI, from time to time, enters into purchase
agreements with interexchange carriers for the transport and/or termination of
long distance calls outside of its territory. These contracts are typically
one year in duration and cancelable within 90 days. ICI has entered into two
purchase agreements which include minimum purchase amounts. The contract with
Sprint Communications Company L.P. (expiring January 1, 1997) requires ICI to
maintain a minimum monthly billing amount of $170,000 on the purchase of
interstate transport and 1-800 services and the contract with The Carrier
Group requires ICI to purchase a minimum of
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
850,000 minutes per month of domestic interstate transport at rates specified
in the contract. The Carrier Group contract expires no later than August 31,
1996 and may expire earlier upon the occurrence of certain events specified in
the contract.
 
  UniSPAN(C). In order to provide end-to-end connectivity and interoperability
throughout the United States to its enhanced network services customers, ICI
entered into a frame relay service agreement (the "UniSPAN Agreement") in
September 1994 with EMI, PacNet, Inc., Integrated Network Services, Inc. and
MRC Telecommunications, Inc. In September 1995, Telemedia International, Inc.,
an international telecommunications company, became a party to the UniSPAN
Agreement. Pursuant to the UniSPAN Agreement, each of the parties agreed to
(i) provide frame relay services on its networks to each of the other parties,
subject to available capacity and agreement as to certain terms including
price and access to facilities, and (ii) use reasonable efforts to utilize the
services of the other parties in the event that such party requires frame
relay services in a geographic location not served by its own networks. The
UniSPAN Agreement has an initial three year term with successive one year
renewal periods until terminated by a majority vote of the parties. However,
any party may withdraw from the agreement as of the expiration of any term by
giving 60 days prior written notice thereof. Throughout the term of the
UniSPAN Agreement and for one year thereafter, or for a period of one year
after the withdrawal of any party, none of the parties may solicit to provide
frame relay services to customers which were brought in to the UniSPAN(C)
program by another party or for which frame relay services were requested by
another party.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of March 31, 1996, ICI employed a total of 387 full-time employees and
EMI employed 144 full-time employees. In addition, the Company anticipates
that the number of employees will increase significantly throughout the year.
The Company believes that its future success will depend in large part on its
continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified
personnel. ICI has nondisclosure agreements with all of its employees. The
Company also regularly uses the services of contract technicians for the
installation and maintenance of its networks. None of ICI's employees is
represented by a collective bargaining agreement. ICI believes that its
relations with its employees are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  The Company leases its principal administrative, marketing, warehouse and
service development facility located in Tampa, Florida, and leases other space
for storage of its electronics equipment and for sales and engineering in
other cities where the Company operates networks. EMI leases office space
and/or other space for storage of its electronics equipment in various cities
where it operates. The Company believes that its properties and those of EMI
are adequate and suitable for their intended purpose.
 
  As of December 31, 1995, the Company's total telecommunications equipment in
service consists of fiber optic telecommunications equipment (52%), fiber
optic cable (29%), furniture and fixtures (5%), leasehold improvements (1%)
and construction in progress (13%). Such properties do not lend themselves to
description by character and location of principal units. Fiber optic cable
plant used in providing service is primarily on or under public roads,
highways or streets, with the remainder being on or under private property.
Substantially all of the Company's telecommunications equipment is housed in
multiple leased facilities in various locations throughout the metropolitan
areas served by the Company.
 
  Equipment additions over the past five years include gross additions to
telecommunications equipment having an estimated service life of one year or
more. Additions, including capital leases, since January 1, 1991 were as
follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    AMOUNT
           -----------------------                    -------
           <S>                                        <C>
           1991...................................... $ 3,746
           1992...................................... $ 9,687
           1993...................................... $10,767
           1994(1)................................... $18,289
           1995...................................... $34,873
</TABLE>
- --------
(1)Excludes $855 of capital lease obligations assumed in connection with the
acquisition of Phone One.
 
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  On May 3, 1995, the Company asserted a claim for indemnification against the
former shareholder of Phone One (the "Former Shareholder") for approximately
$1 million on account of various breaches of representations and warranties
made by the Former Shareholder to the Company in the agreement for the
acquisition of Phone One (the "Phone One Acquisition Agreement"). The Former
Shareholder has objected to the indemnification claim, which is subject to
arbitration under the Phone One Acquisition Agreement. On July 27, 1995, the
Company commenced an arbitration to recover $1,055,859 from the Former
Shareholder. On October 9, 1995, the Former Shareholder filed an answer and
counterclaims contesting liability and claiming damages for alleged breach of
contract, misrepresentation, interference with business relations, and
violations of state and federal statutes and regulations. The Former
Shareholder claims damages in excess of $2 million and attorneys' fees on the
principle assertion that the Company fraudulently induced the Former
Shareholder to consummate the Phone One Acquisition Agreement by failing to
disclose its alleged intention not to honor its obligations under a related
long distance services agreement. While the indemnification claims and the
counterclaims are in their earliest stages, the Company, after consultation
with counsel, believes that it has meritorious defenses to the counterclaims,
which it will vigorously contest, and that its indemnification claims are
meritorious. On April 4, 1996, the Former Shareholder accepted a settlement
proposal, subject to documentation, pursuant to which mutual general releases
will be exchanged and ICI will deliver a portion of the shares placed in
escrow as a hold back, pursuant to the terms of the Phone One Acquisition
Agreement, however, no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of
the indemnification claim or the counterclaims.
 
  The Company is not a party to any other pending legal proceedings except for
various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. The
Company does not believe that these normal course of business claims or
lawsuits will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
  The directors and executive officers of ICI, their respective ages,
positions and biographies are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME           AGE                           POSITION
          ----           ---                           --------
<S>                      <C> <C>
David C. Ruberg.........  50 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Barbara L. Samson.......  34 Senior Vice President, Investor Relations
Ronald L. Tolliver......  48 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
J. Christopher Brown....  44 Senior Vice President, Marketing and Strategic Planning
James F. Geiger.........  37 Senior Vice President, Sales
Michael A. Viren........  53 Senior Vice President, Engineering and Information Systems
Robert A. Ruh...........  51 Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Mark A. Masi............  39 Vice President, Field Operations
Timothy N. Tuck.........  41 Vice President, Customer Operations
Jeanne M. Walters.......  33 Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
John C. Baker...........  46 Director
George F. Knapp.........  64 Director
</TABLE>
 
  David C. Ruberg has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director of the Company since May 1993, and as Chairman of the Board since
March 1994. From September 1991 to May 1993, Mr. Ruberg was an independent
consultant to the computer and telecommunications industries. From 1989 to
September 1991, Mr. Ruberg served as Vice President and General Manager of the
Telecommunications Division and then of the Personal Computer/Systems
Integration Division of Data General Corporation, a computer manufacturer.
From 1984 to 1989, Mr. Ruberg served as a Vice President of TIE
Communications, Inc., a manufacturer of telecommunications equipment. Mr.
Ruberg received his B.A. in mathematics from Middlebury College and his M.S.
in computer science from the University of Michigan.
 
  Barbara L. Samson, a co-founder of the Company, has served as a Vice
President since June 1987, and as a Senior Vice President since October 1992.
She served as President of the Company's predecessor from September 1986 to
June 1987. Ms. Samson recently served two terms as Chairman of the Association
of Local Telecommunications Services (ALTS), a national trade association. Ms.
Samson received her B.S. degree in telecommunications from the University of
Florida and her M.B.A. degree from the University of South Florida.
 
  Ronald L. Tolliver has served as a Senior Vice President of the Company
since June 1993, Chief Financial Officer since June 1992 and Secretary since
June 1993. He also served as Vice President of Government and Regulatory
Affairs from July 1991 through June 1993. Mr. Tolliver joined the Company as
Director of Government and Regulatory Affairs in January 1991. From July 1989
to January 1991, Mr. Tolliver was owner and founder of Tolliver and Company (a
consulting company). Prior to starting his own company, Mr. Tolliver was a
Vice President at Gold Key Incentives (a marketing incentives company) from
April 1989 to July 1989. From 1981 to 1989, Mr. Tolliver held various
executive positions in government and regulatory affairs at United Telephone
System most recently Manager of New Services Pricing from 1986 to April 1989.
Mr. Tolliver received his B.S. degree in management and finance from Florida
Southern College and his M.B.A. at the University of South Florida.
 
  J. Christopher Brown has served as the Senior Vice President, Marketing and
Strategic Planning of the Company since September 1994. Mr. Brown worked for
British Telecom's Syncordia Outsourcing Unit from September 1991 until
September 1994, most recently as the Marketing Department head. Mr. Brown
worked for Sprint and its predecessors from May 1981 until September 1991,
most recently as the Director of Market Development for Sprint's National
Accounts Division. Mr. Brown earned a B.S.E.E. in electronics from the
University of South Florida in 1974, and an M.B.A. from Emory University in
1987.
 
  James F. Geiger has served as Senior Vice President, Sales of the Company
since August 1995, as the Vice President of Alternate Channel Sales from March
1995 through August 1995 and as the President of FiberNet since its inception.
Mr. Geiger was one of the founding principals of FiberNet, initially serving
as Vice President
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
of Sales & Marketing and subsequently serving as President. From April 1989 to
April 1990, Mr. Geiger served as Director of Marketing for Associated
Communications, a cellular telephone company. Mr. Geiger received his B.S.
degree from Clarkson University in accounting.
 
  Michael A. Viren has served as Senior Vice President, Engineering and
Information Systems since January, 1996, and as Vice President, Product
Development from December 1992 through January 1996. Mr. Viren joined the
Company in February 1991 as Director of Product Development. Mr. Viren worked
for GTE from August 1986 to February 1991 as a specialist in wide and local
area networking. Prior to that he operated his own consulting firm
concentrating in WAN and LAN design; was Senior Vice President of Criterion,
Inc., an economic consulting firm in Dallas, Texas; and served as the Director
of the Utility Division of the Missouri Public Service Commission. Mr. Viren
taught economics for 10 years, most recently as an Associate Professor of
Economics at the University of Missouri-Columbia and prior to that at the
University of Kansas. Mr. Viren received a Ph.D. in economics from the
University of California-Santa Barbara and a B.S. in mechanical engineering
from the California State University at Long Beach.
 
  Robert A. Ruh has served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources of ICI
since March 1, 1996. From January 1991 through February 1996, Mr. Ruh founded
and operated his own consulting company, specializing in human resource
development. Prior to starting his own business, from 1975 to 1990, Mr. Ruh
held corporate and group executive positions in human resources with Baxter
Healthcare Corporation and American Hospital Supply Corporation. From 1973 to
1975, Mr. Ruh served as a consulting psychologist for Medina and Thompson,
Inc., providing clients with assistance on executive assessment, selection and
development. From 1970 to 1972, Mr. Ruh was on the corporate organization
development staff at Corning Glass Works. Mr. Ruh received a B.A. in
psychology from Valparaiso University and an M.A. and a Ph.D in
industrial/organizational psychology from Michigan State University. Mr. Ruh
served as Assistant Professor of Psychology at Michigan State University from
1970 to 1972.
 
  Mark A. Masi has served as Vice President, Operations and Customer Service
of the Company since March 1995. Mr. Masi was one of the founders of FiberNet
and, from November 1989 to March 1994, he served as FiberNet's Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, responsible for funding and developing
CAP operations. From March 1982 until November 1989, Mr. Masi held various
management positions with Frontier Communications, Inc. (formerly Rochester
Telephone Corporation). Mr. Masi is a graduate of the State University of New
York College at Oswego with a degree in economics and the State University of
New York at Binghamton with an M.B.A. in finance and management information
systems.
 
  Timothy N. Tuck has served as Vice President, Customer Operations of the
Company since January 1996 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer
of Phone One from December 1994 until December 1995. From 1993 until the
Company's acquisition of Phone One, Mr. Tuck served as the Chief Executive
Officer and from 1989 to 1993 he served as the Chief Financial Officer of
Phone One. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. Tuck served as a Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Advantage Companies, Inc., a telecommunications company.
Mr. Tuck received his B.S. degree and his M.B.A. from the University of
Tennessee.
 
  Jeanne M. Walters has served as Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of
the Company since May 1993. From November 1992 until May 1993 she served as
Assistant Controller. From June 1988 to November 1992, Ms. Walters was an
auditor at Ernst & Young LLP, a certified public accounting firm in Tampa,
Florida. Ms. Walters received her B.S. in accounting and an M.B.A. from Wilkes
University. She is licensed in the State of Florida as a certified public
accountant.
 
  Mr. Baker has been a director of the Company since February 1988. Mr. Baker
has been the principal at Baker Capital Corp., a multi-national venture
capital firm, since October 1995. He was a Senior Vice President of Patricof &
Co. Ventures, Inc., a multi-national venture capital firm from 1988 until
September 1995. Mr. Baker is currently a director of Xpedite Systems, Inc.,
FORE Systems, Inc., American Mobile Satellite Corporation and Resource
Bancshares Mortgage Group, Inc., all of which are publicly traded
corporations.
 
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
  Mr. Knapp has been a director of the Company since February 1988. He has
been a principal of Communications Investment Group, an investment banking
firm, since June 1990. From January 1988 until June 1989, Mr. Knapp was an
associate at MBW Management, Inc., a venture capital firm. Prior to that time,
he held various executive positions at ITT Corporation and its subsidiaries,
most recently as Corporate Vice President of ITT Corporation.
 
  No family relationship exists between any of the directors and executive
officers of the Company.
 
  Ronald L. Tolliver, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary of the Company, has advised the Company of his intention to resign
his positions with the Company effective May 26, 1996 in order to pursue other
opportunities. The Company is continuing its previously instituted search for
a new Chief Financial Officer. Upon Mr. Tolliver's resignation becoming
effective, Mr. Oscar Williams, a financial Vice President of the Company, will
assume the additional position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company on an
interim basis.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
EXISTING SENIOR NOTES
 
  As of December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding an aggregate principal
amount of $160,000,000 of 13 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due 2005. The Existing
Senior Notes mature on June 1, 2005 and pay interest semi-annually in arrears
on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The Existing Senior Notes may be
redeemed at the Company's option at any time after June 1, 2000 upon payment
of the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of redemption. The Existing Senior Notes are secured, in an amount sufficient
to provide payment in full of the scheduled interest payments on such notes
through June 1, 1998, by a pledge of United States government securities.
 
  On April 26, 1996 the Company and SunTrust Bank, Central Florida, National
Association, as trustee, executed an amended and restated indenture governing
the Existing Senior Notes. The covenants set forth in such indenture are
similar, but more restrictive in some instances, to those in the Indenture
governing the Senior Discount Notes offered hereby, including with respect to
the covenant described below under the caption "Description of the Senior
Discount Notes--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock."
 
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
  As of December 31, 1995, the Company had outstanding approximately $6.2
million aggregate principal amount of capital lease obligations arising
primarily from three agreements for leases of fiber optic cable used in
various of the Company's networks. The effective interest rates under these
agreements range from 10.5% to 13.5% and expire, subject to various ICI
renewal options, from 2001 to 2016.
 
                   DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the
"Indenture") between the Company and SunTrust Bank, Central Florida, National
Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Senior Discount
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
"Trust Indenture Act"). The Senior Discount Notes are subject to all such
terms, and holders of Senior Discount Notes are referred to the Indenture and
the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following summary of
certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture, including the
definitions therein of certain terms used below. A copy of the proposed form
of Indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part and is available as set forth under "Available
Information." The definitions of certain terms used in the following summary
are set forth below under "Certain Definitions." As of the date of the
Indenture, none of the Company's subsidiaries will be Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, the Company will be able
to designate current or future subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive
covenants set forth in the Indenture. As used in this section, the term
"Company" refers only to Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc. and not to
its subsidiaries.
 
RANKING
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all
subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. The Senior Discount Notes will rank
pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior borrowings,
including the Existing Senior Notes and borrowings under the Credit Facility.
Holders of secured Indebtedness of the Company will, however, have claims that
are prior to the claims of the Holders of the Senior Discount Notes with
respect to the assets securing such other Indebtedness. Although the Senior
Discount Notes
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
rank pari passu with the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Notes are
secured in an amount sufficient to provide payment in full of the scheduled
interest payments on such notes through June 1, 1998 by a pledge of United
States government securities. At March 31, 1996, the amortized cost of such
securities was $49.6 million. The holders of the Existing Senior Notes will
have a claim on such funds that will rank prior to the claims of the holders
of the Senior Discount Notes with respect to such funds.
 
  Certain of the Company's operations are conducted through its subsidiaries
and, therefore, the Company is dependent upon the cash flow of its
subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the
Senior Discount Notes. The Senior Discount Notes will be effectively
subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments
(including trade payables and lease obligations) of the Company's
subsidiaries. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its
subsidiaries upon the latter's liquidation or reorganization (and the
consequent right of the Holders of the Senior Discount Notes to participate in
those assets) will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that
subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the Company is itself
recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary, in which case the claims of the
Company would still be subordinate to any security in the assets of such
subsidiary and any indebtedness of such subsidiary senior to that held by the
Company. As of December 31, 1995, the total amount of outstanding liabilities
of the Company and its subsidiaries, including trade payables, was
approximately $175.8 million.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will be issued at a discount from their principal
amount to generate gross proceeds of approximately $179.9 million and will
mature on May 15, 2006. The Senior Discount Notes will accrete at a rate of 12
1/2%, compounded semi-annually, to an aggregate principal amount of $330
million by May 15, 2001. Interest on the Senior Discount Notes will not accrue
prior to May 15, 2001. Thereafter, interest will accrue at 12 1/2% per annum
and will be payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year,
commencing on November 15, 2001, to holders of record on the immediately
preceding May 1 and November 1. Interest on the Senior Discount Notes will
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from May 15, 2001. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. All references to
the principal amount of the Notes herein are references to the principal
amount at final maturity. The Senior Discount Notes will be payable both as to
principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for
such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the holders of the
Senior Discount Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register
of holders of the Senior Discount Notes. Until otherwise designated by the
Company, the Company's office or agency in New York will be the office of the
Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Senior Discount Notes will be issued
in registered form, without coupons, and in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option
prior to May 15, 2001. Thereafter, the Senior Discount Notes will be subject
to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-
month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR                                                               PERCENTAGE
   ----                                                               ----------
   <S>                                                                <C>
   2001..............................................................  106.250%
   2002..............................................................  104.167%
   2003..............................................................  102.083%
   2004 and thereafter...............................................  100.000%
</TABLE>
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the sale by the Company prior
to May 15, 1999 of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to a
Strategic Investor in a single transaction or series of related
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
transactions for an aggregate purchase price equal to or exceeding $50.0
million, up to a maximum of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the
Senior Discount Notes originally issued will, at the option of the Company, be
redeemable from the net cash proceeds of such sale to such Strategic Investor
(but only to the extent such proceeds consist of cash or readily marketable
cash equivalents received in respect of the Capital Stock, other than
Disqualified Stock, so sold) at a redemption price equal to 112 1/2% of the
Accreted Value thereof with respect to the Senior Discount Notes to be
redeemed on the redemption date, provided that at least 75% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Discount Notes originally issued remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such
redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such sale.
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
  The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Senior Discount Notes.
 
OFFER TO PURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to
make an offer (the "Change of Control Offer") to each holder of Senior
Discount Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of such holder's Senior Discount Notes at a purchase price
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any (or, in the case of repurchases of Senior Discount
Notes prior to May 15, 2001, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted
Value thereof), to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). The
Change of Control Offer must be commenced within 30 days following a Change of
Control, must remain open for at least 30 and not more than 40 days (unless
required by applicable law) and must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-
1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and
regulations.
 
  Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
will not contain provisions that permit the holders of the Senior Discount
Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Senior Discount
Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
  Due to the leveraged structure of the Company and the effective
subordination of the Senior Discount Notes to secured Indebtedness of the
Company and Indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries, the Company may not
have sufficient funds available to purchase the Senior Discount Notes tendered
in response to a Change of Control Offer. In addition, the Existing Senior
Notes, the Credit Facility or other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the
Company's subsidiaries may contain prohibitions or restrictions on the
Company's ability to effect a Change of Control Payment.
 
  The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the Company's assets. Although there is a developing body of case law
interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established
definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a
holder of Senior Discount Notes to require the Company to repurchase such
Senior Discount Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company to another
Person may be uncertain.
 
OFFER TO PURCHASE WITH EXCESS ASSET SALE PROCEEDS
 
  When the cumulative amount of Excess Proceeds (as defined below under
"Certain Covenants--Asset Sales") exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will make
an offer to all holders of Senior Discount Notes and Pari Passu Notes (an
"Excess Proceeds Offer"), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Senior
Discount Notes and Pari Passu Notes that may be purchased out of such Excess
Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted
Value of the Senior Discount Notes to the date fixed for the closing (if such
offer is prior to May 15, 2001) or 100% of the outstanding principal amount of
the Senior Discount
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
Notes (if such offer is on or after May 15, 2001) and 100% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Pari Passu Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in
accordance with the procedures specified in the Indenture.
 
  If the Accreted Value and/or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be,
of Senior Discount Notes and Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders thereof
exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Senior
Discount Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based
upon their Accreted Value or applicable principal amount. To the extent that
the aggregate amount of Senior Discount Notes and Pari Passu Notes tendered
pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Company may use such deficiency for general purposes. Upon
completion of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be
reset at zero.
 
SELECTION OF SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES FOR REDEMPTION OR OFFERS TO PURCHASE
 
  If less than all of the Senior Discount Notes are to be redeemed or to be
purchased pursuant to any purchase offer required under the Indenture at any
time, selection of Senior Discount Notes for redemption or purchase will be
made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Senior Discount Notes are
listed, or, if the Senior Discount Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate, provided that no Senior Discount Notes with a principal amount of
$1,000 or less shall be redeemed or purchased in part. A new Senior Discount
Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion will
be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
Senior Discount Note. On and after the redemption or purchase date, interest
will cease to accrue on the Senior Discount Notes (and the Accreted Value will
cease to accrete if prior to May 15, 2001) or portions of them called for
redemption or purchase.
 
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
 
  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not
more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Senior Discount
Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Senior Discount Note is
to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such
Senior Discount Note shall state the portion of the principal amount to be
redeemed.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
 Restricted Payments
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
directly or indirectly:
 
    (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of
  any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than
  dividends or distributions payable (A) in Equity Interests of the Company
  that are not Disqualified Stock or (B) to the Company or any Subsidiary;
 
    (ii) purchase, redeem, defease, retire or otherwise acquire for value
  ("Retire" and correlatively, a "Retirement") any Equity Interests of the
  Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate of the Company (other
  than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Subsidiary);
 
    (iii) Retire for value any Indebtedness of (A) the Company that is
  subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Discount Notes or (B) any
  Subsidiary, except, with respect to clause (A) or (B) above, at final
  maturity or in accordance with the mandatory redemption or repayment
  provisions set forth in the original documentation governing such
  Indebtedness; or
 
    (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions
  set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to
  as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
 
      (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
    would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
      (b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma
    basis as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of
    the applicable four-quarter period, the Company could incur at least
    $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Cash Flow
    Leverage Ratio test described under "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
    Issuance of Disqualified Stock;" and
 
      (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other
    Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries after the
    Issue Date (including any Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses
    (i), (v) and (vi) of the next paragraph), is less than the sum of
 
        (w) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the
      period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
      first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of
      the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
      financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
      Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
      deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus
 
        (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
      Company from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or
      of debt securities or Disqualified Stock of the Company that have
      been converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity
      Interests (or convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of
      the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or debt securities
      that have been converted into Disqualified Stock) after the Issue
      Date (other than any such Equity Interests, the proceeds of which
      were used as set forth in clause (ii) below and excluding Equity
      Interests issued substantially concurrently with the issue of the
      Senior Discount Notes or pursuant to any "overallotment option" with
      respect thereto exercised within 30 days of the Issue Date), plus
 
        (y) 100% of the sum of, without duplication, (1) aggregate
      dividends or distributions received by the Company or any Subsidiary
      from any Joint Venture (other than dividends or distributions to pay
      any obligations of such Joint Venture to Persons other than the
      Company or any Subsidiary, such as income taxes), with non-cash
      distributions to be valued at the lower of book value or fair market
      value as determined by the Board of Directors, (2) the amount of the
      principal and interest payments received since the Issue Date by the
      Company or any Subsidiary from any Joint Venture and (3) the net
      proceeds from the sale of an Investment in a Joint Venture received
      by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that there is no
      obligation to return any such amounts to the Joint Venture, and
      excluding any such dividend, distribution, interest payment or net
      proceeds that constitutes a return of capital invested pursuant to
      clause (vi) of the next succeeding paragraph, plus
 
        (z) $10.0 million.
 
  The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
 
    (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
  declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would have
  complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
 
    (ii) the Retirement of (A) any Equity Interests of the Company or any
  Subsidiary of the Company, (B) Indebtedness of the Company that is
  subordinate to the Senior Discount Notes or (C) Indebtedness of a
  Subsidiary of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
  substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
  of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
 
    (iii) the Retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company subordinated in
  right of payment to the Senior Discount Notes in exchange for, or out of
  the proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness of
  the Company (other than Indebtedness to a Subsidiary of the Company), but
  only to the extent that such new Indebtedness is permitted under the
  covenant described below under the caption, "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
  Issuance of Disqualified Stock" and (1) is subordinated in right of payment
  to the Senior Discount Notes at least to the same extent as, (2) has a
  Weighted Average Life to Maturity at least as long as, and (3) has no
  scheduled principal payments due in any amount earlier than, any equivalent
  amount of principal under the Indebtedness so Retired;
 
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
    (iv) the Retirement of any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company in
  exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
  incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary but only to the
  extent that such incurrence is permitted under the covenant described below
  under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
  Stock" and only to the extent that such Indebtedness (1) is not secured by
  any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to a greater extent than the
  Retired Indebtedness was so secured, (2) has a Weighted Average Life to
  Maturity at least as long as the Retired Indebtedness and (3) if such
  Retired Indebtedness was an obligation of the Company, is pari passu or
  subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Discount Notes at least to
  the same extent as the Retired Indebtedness;
 
    (v) the Retirement of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
  Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the Company's (or any of
  its Subsidiaries') management pursuant to any management equity
  subscription agreement or stock option agreement; provided that the
  aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or
  retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month
  period plus the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company during such
  twelve-month period from any reissuance of Equity Interests by the Company
  to members of management of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and
 
    (vi) Investments in any Joint Venture; provided that at the time any such
  Investment is made, such Investment will not cause the aggregate amount of
  Investments at any one time outstanding under this clause (vi) to exceed
  the greater of (x) 50% of the net cash proceeds of the sale of Equity
  Interests in the Concurrent Offering up to a maximum of $25.0 million and
  (y) 5% of the Total Common Equity of the Company;
 
provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any
Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and
(vi), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
  The Indenture will also provide that a Permitted Investment that ceases to
be a Permitted Investment pursuant to the definition thereof, shall become a
Restricted Investment, deemed to have been made on the date that it ceases to
be a Permitted Investment.
 
  The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default or an Event of
Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding
Investments by the Company and its Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid
in cash) in such Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted
Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available
for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. All such
outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount
equal to the greatest of (x) the net book value of such Investments at the
time of such designation, (y) the fair market value of such Investments at the
time of such designation and (z) the original fair market value of such
Investments at the time they were made. Such designation will only be
permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time.
 
  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary; provided that such designation
shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and
such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted
under the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock," and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in
existence following such designation.
 
  Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee a Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted
Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations
required by the covenant "--Restricted Payments" were computed, which
calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available financial
statements.
 
 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
 
  The Indenture will provide that:
 
    (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly,
  create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
  indirectly liable for the payment of (collectively, "incur" and,
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
  correlatively, "incurred" and "incurrence") any Indebtedness (including,
  without limitation, Acquired Debt) and
 
    (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may not issue any Disqualified
  Stock;
 
provided, however, that the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt) or issue shares of
Disqualified Stock if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such
Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock, the Consolidated Cash
Flow Leverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately
preceding the date of such incurrence or issuance (A) does not exceed 5.5 to 1
if such incurrence or issuance occurs on or prior to June 1, 1999 and (B) does
not exceed 5.0 to 1 if such occurrence or issuance occurs after June 1, 1999,
in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may
be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. If the Company incurs any
Indebtedness or issues or redeems any Preferred Stock subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which such ratio is being calculated but prior
to the event for which the calculation of the ratio is made, then the ratio
will be calculated giving pro forma effect to any such incurrence of
Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Preferred Stock, as if the
same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable period. In making such
calculation on a pro forma basis, interest attributable to Indebtedness
bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on
the date of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period.
 
  The foregoing limitation will not apply to (with each exception to be given
independent effect):
 
      (a) the incurrence by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries of
    Indebtedness under the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount
    at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to
    have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the
    Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $75.0
    million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, less the
    aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied to
    permanently reduce the commitments with respect to such Indebtedness
    pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption "Asset
    Sales";
 
      (b) the incurrence by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries of
    Vendor Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate amount of such Vendor
    Indebtedness incurred does not exceed 80% of the total cost of the
    Telecommunications Related Assets financed therewith (or 100% of the
    total cost of the Telecommunications Related Assets financed therewith
    if such Vendor Indebtedness was extended for the purchase of tangible
    physical assets and was so financed by the vendor thereof or an
    affiliate of such vendor);
 
      (c) the incurrence by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries of
    the Existing Indebtedness, including the Existing Senior Notes;
 
      (d) the incurrence by the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries of
    Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any
    one time outstanding;
 
      (e) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness, but only to the
    extent that such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate to the payment
    in full of all Obligations with respect to the Senior Discount Notes
    and has a final maturity no earlier than, and a Weighted Average Life
    to Maturity equal to or greater than, the final maturity and Weighted
    Average Life to Maturity, respectively, of the Senior Discount Notes,
    in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 2.0 times the net cash
    proceeds received by the Company after the date of the Indenture from
    the issuance and sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding
    Equity Interests issued substantially concurrently with the issue of
    the Senior Discount Notes or pursuant to any "overallotment option"
    with respect thereto exercised within 30 days of the Issue Date);
 
      (f) the incurrence (a "Permitted Refinancing") by the Company and/or
    any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the
    proceeds of which are used to refinance, replace, refund or
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
    defease ("Refinance" and correlatively, "Refinanced" and "Refinancing")
    Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a)
    above, but only to the extent that:
 
        (1) the net proceeds of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not
      exceed the principal amount of and premium, if any, and accrued
      interest on the Indebtedness so Refinanced (or if such Indebtedness
      was issued at an original issue discount, the original issue price
      plus amortization of the original issue discount at the time of the
      repayment of such Indebtedness) plus the fees, expenses and costs of
      such Refinancing and reasonable prepayment premiums, if any, in
      connection therewith;
 
        (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity no
      earlier than, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
      greater than, the final maturity and Weighted Average Life to
      Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and
 
        (3) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right
      of payment to the Senior Discount Notes, the Refinancing
      Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Senior
      Discount Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of
      Senior Discount Notes as those contained in the documentation
      governing the Indebtedness being so Refinanced;
 
      (g) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
    intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
    Subsidiaries; and
 
      (h) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
    Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or
    hedging interest rate or foreign currency risk with respect to any
    floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the
    Indenture to be outstanding.
 
 Asset Sales
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions occurring
within any twelve-month period,
 
      (i) sell, lease, convey, dispose or otherwise transfer any assets
    (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) other than
    sales, leases, conveyances, dispositions or other transfers (A) in the
    ordinary course of business, (B) to the Company by any Subsidiary of
    the Company or from the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company, (C)
    that constitute a Restricted Payment, Investment or dividend or
    distribution permitted under the covenant described below under the
    caption "Restricted Payments" or (D) that constitute the disposition of
    all or substantially all of the assets of the Company pursuant to the
    covenant described below under the caption "Merger, Consolidation or
    Sale of Assets" or
 
      (ii) issue or sell Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (other
    than an issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any such Subsidiary to
    the Company or a Subsidiary),
 
if, in the case of either (i) or (ii) above, in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions occurring within any twelve-month period, such
assets or securities
 
    (x) have a Fair Market Value in excess of $2.0 million or
 
    (y) are sold or otherwise disposed of for net proceeds in excess of $2.0
  million (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless:
 
      (a) no Default or Event of Default exists or would occur as a result
    thereof;
 
      (b) the Company, or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
    consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair
    Market Value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of
    the Company set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the
    Trustee), of the assets or securities issued or sold or otherwise
    disposed of; and
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
      (c) at least 85% of the consideration therefor received by the
    Company or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash, provided, however,
    that (A) the amount of (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's
    or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes
    thereto), of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than
    liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Senior Discount
    Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and (y)
    any notes, obligations or other securities received by the Company or
    any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted
    by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, shall be deemed to be cash
    (to the extent of the cash received in the case of subclause (y)) for
    purposes of this clause (c); and (B) an amount equal to the Fair Market
    Value (determined as set forth in clause (b) above) of
    (1) Telecommunications Related Assets received by the Company or any
    such Subsidiary from the transferee that will be used by the Company or
    any such Subsidiary in the operation of a Telecommunications Business
    in the United States and (2) the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in
    the Telecommunications Business in the United States received by the
    Company or any such Subsidiary (provided that such Voting Stock is
    converted to cash within 270 days or such Person concurrently becomes
    or is a Subsidiary of the Company) will be deemed to be cash for
    purposes of this clause (c).
 
The foregoing provisions will not apply to a sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, which
will be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described below under
"Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets."
 
  The Indenture will also provide that within 270 days after the receipt of
net proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company (or such Subsidiary, as the case
may be) may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (i) permanently
reduce the amounts permitted to be borrowed by the Company under the terms of
any of its Senior Indebtedness or (ii) the purchase of Telecommunications
Related Assets or Voting Stock of any Person engaged in the Telecommunications
Business in the United States (provided that such Person concurrently becomes
a Subsidiary of the Company). Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sales that are
not so applied or invested will constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will be
required to make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the terms set forth
under "Offer to Purchase with Excess Asset Sale Proceeds."
 
 Liens
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom
or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except for
Permitted Liens.
 
 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or become effective any
consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:
 
    (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any
  of its Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other
  interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any
  Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
    (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or
 
    (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
  its Subsidiaries; except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing as
  of the Issue Date or under or by reason of:
 
      (a) Existing Indebtedness;
 
      (b) applicable law;
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
      (c) any instrument governing Acquired Debt as in effect at the time
    of acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in
    connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition), which
    encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
    properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
    property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
 
      (d) by reason of customary non-assignment provisions in leases
    entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with
    past practices;
 
      (e) Indebtedness in respect of a Permitted Refinancing, provided that
    the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing
    Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive than those contained
    in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
      (f) with respect to clause (iii) above, purchase money obligations
    for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, Vendor
    Indebtedness incurred in connection with the purchase or lease of
    Telecommunications Related Assets or performance bonds or similar
    security for performance which liens securing such obligations do not
    cover any asset other than the asset acquired or, in the case of
    performance bonds or similar security for performance, the assets
    associated with the Company's performance;
 
      (g) Indebtedness incurred under clause (a) of the covenant entitled
    "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock;"
 
      (h) the Indenture and the Senior Discount Notes; or
 
      (i) in the case of clauses (a), (c), (e), (g) and (h) above, any
    amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
    supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided
    that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
    supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not
    materially more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other
    payment restrictions than those contained in such instruments as in
    effect on the date of their incurrence or, if later, the Issue Date.
 
 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company may not consolidate or merge
with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to,
another corporation, Person or entity unless:
 
    (i) the Company is the surviving entity or the entity or Person formed by
  or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company)
  or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
  disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the
  laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
    (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
  or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to which such
  sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been
  made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Senior Discount
  Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form
  reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
    (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
  exists;
 
    (iv) the Company, or any entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
  consolidation or merger, or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
  lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, at the time of such
  transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction
  had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter (including
  any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with
  or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), either (A)
  could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
  Consolidated Cash Flow Leverage Ratio test described under "--Incurrence of
  Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock" or (B) would have (x)
  Total Market Capitalization of at least $1.0 billion and (y) total
  Indebtedness in an amount no greater than 30% of its Total Market
  Capitalization; and
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
    (v) such transaction would not result in the loss, material impairment or
  adverse modification or amendment of any authorization or license of the
  Company or its Subsidiaries that would have a material adverse effect on
  the business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a
  whole.
 
 Transactions with Affiliates
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their respective
properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with,
or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
Transaction"), unless:
 
    (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to
  the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been
  obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with
  an unrelated Person;
 
    (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the
  disinterested directors on the Board of Directors of the Company; and
 
    (iii) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate
  Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $1.0 million, a
  resolution of a committee of independent directors of the Company set forth
  in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
  complies with clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
  provided that
 
      (a) transactions pursuant to any employment, stock option or stock
    purchase agreement entered into by the Company or any of its
    Subsidiaries, or any grant of stock, in the ordinary course of business
    that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company,
 
      (b) transactions between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries,
 
      (c) transactions permitted by the provisions of the Indenture
    described above under the covenant "--Restricted Payments," and
 
      (d) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company or
    any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in an
    aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million at any one time
    outstanding,
 
  shall not be deemed Affiliate Transactions.
 
 Business Activities
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
directly or indirectly, engage in any business other than the
Telecommunications Business.
 
 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company and its Subsidiaries may not,
directly or indirectly, enter into, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
liable with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, provided that the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may enter into any such transaction
if (i) the Company or such Subsidiary would be permitted under the covenants
described above under "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock" and "--Liens" to incur secured Indebtedness in an amount
equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such transaction, (ii) the
consideration received by the Company or such Subsidiary from such transaction
is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the property being transferred,
and (iii) the Net Proceeds received by the Company or such Subsidiary from
such transaction are applied in accordance with the covenant described above
under the caption "--Asset Sales."
 
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
 Reports
 
  The Indenture will provide that the Company will file with the Trustee
within 15 days after it files them with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") copies of the annual and quarterly reports and the
information, documents, and other reports that the Company is required to file
with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
("SEC Reports"). In the event the Company is not required or shall cease to be
required to file SEC Reports, pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company will
nevertheless continue to file such reports with the Commission (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and the Trustee. Whether or not
required by the Exchange Act to file SEC Reports with the Commission, so long
as any Senior Discount Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish copies
of the SEC Reports to the holders of Senior Discount Notes at the time the
Company is required to file the same with the Trustee and make such
information available to investors who request it in writing.
 
 Payments for Consent
 
  The Indenture will provide that neither the Company nor any of its
Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of
any Senior Discount Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Senior
Discount Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be
paid to all holders of the Senior Discount Notes that consent, waive or agree
to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to
such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
  The Indenture will provide that each of the following constitutes an Event
of Default:
 
    (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Senior
  Discount Notes;
 
    (ii) default in payment when due of principal (including Accreted Value)
  or premium, if any, on the Senior Discount Notes at maturity, upon
  redemption or otherwise;
 
    (iii) failure by the Company to perform or comply with the provisions of
  the covenants described above under "--Offer to Purchase Upon Change of
  Control," "--Asset Sales," "--Restricted Payments," "--Incurrence of
  Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock" or "--Merger,
  Consolidation or Sale of Assets;"
 
    (iv) failure by the Company for 30 days after notice from the Trustee or
  the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Senior Discount
  Notes then outstanding to comply with its other agreements in the Indenture
  or the Senior Discount Notes;
 
    (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
  may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
  Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
  (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
  Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
  created after the Issue Date, which default (x) is caused by a failure to
  pay when due principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness
  within the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment
  Default"), and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with
  the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness of the Company or any
  Significant Subsidiary under which there has been a Payment Default or the
  maturity of which has been accelerated as provided in clause (y),
  aggregates $5.0 million or more or (y) results in the acceleration (which
  acceleration has not been rescinded) of such Indebtedness prior to its
  express maturity and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
  together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
  which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so
  accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;
 
    (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay
  final judgments (other than any judgment as to which a reputable insurance
  company has accepted full liability in writing) aggregating in excess of
  $5.0 million which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed within 45
  days after their entry; and
 
    (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
  Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the
Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Senior Discount Notes may declare all the Senior Discount Notes to
be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, the principal of (or,
if prior to May 15, 2001, the Accreted Value of), premium, if any, and accrued
and unpaid interest on the Senior Discount Notes shall be due and payable
immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the foregoing amount shall ipso facto
become due and payable without further action or notice. No premium is payable
upon acceleration of the Senior Discount Notes except that in the case of an
Event of Default that is the result of an action or inaction by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries intended to avoid restrictions on or premiums related
to redemptions of the Senior Discount Notes contained it the Indenture or the
Senior Discount Notes, the amount declared due and payable will include the
premium that would have been applicable on a voluntary prepayment of the
Senior Discount Notes or, if voluntary prepayment is not then permitted, the
premium set forth in the Indenture. Holders of the Senior Discount Notes may
not enforce the Indenture or the Senior Discount Notes except as provided in
the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Discount Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from
holders of the Senior Discount Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payments of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in such
holders' interest.
 
  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Discount Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of
the holders of all of the Senior Discount Notes, waive any existing Default or
Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium on, or the
principal of, the Senior Discount Notes.
 
  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PARTNERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
STOCKHOLDERS
 
  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company,
as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the
Senior Discount Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Senior
Discount Notes by accepting a Senior Discount Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Senior Discount Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the
Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
  The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Senior Discount Notes
("legal defeasance"). Such legal defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Senior Discount Notes, except for:
 
      (a) the rights of holders of outstanding Senior Discount Notes to
    receive from the trust described below payments in respect of the
    principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Senior Discount
    Notes when such payments are due, or on the redemption date, as the
    case may be;
 
      (b) the Company's obligations with respect to the Senior Discount
    Notes concerning issuing temporary Senior Discount Notes, registration
    of Senior Discount Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior
    Discount Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment
    and money for security payments held in trust;
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
      (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee,
    and the Company's obligations in connection therewith; and
 
      (d) the legal defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
 
  In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that
are described in the Indenture ("covenant defeasance") and thereafter any
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or
Event of Default with respect to the Senior Discount Notes. In the event
covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described
under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with
respect to the Senior Discount Notes.
 
  In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance:
 
    (i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
  the benefit of the holders of the Senior Discount Notes, cash in U.S.
  dollars, non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination
  thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a
  nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by
  the Company, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
  outstanding Senior Discount Notes, on the stated maturity or on the
  applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal
  or installment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
  outstanding Senior Discount Notes;
 
    (ii) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company must deliver to the
  Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to
  the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has
  been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the
  Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
  law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of
  counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Senior Discount
  Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
  purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to
  federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
  times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not
  occurred;
 
    (iii) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company must deliver to the
  Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to
  the Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Senior Discount
  Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
  purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to
  federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
  times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not
  occurred;
 
    (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
  on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
  resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or
  insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are
  concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date
  of deposit;
 
    (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
  breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
  agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or
  any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
  Subsidiaries is bound;
 
    (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
  to the effect that after the 91st day (or such other applicable date)
  following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
  any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
  affecting creditors' rights generally;
 
    (vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
  stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of
  preferring the Holders of Senior Discount Notes over the other creditors of
  the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
  creditors of the Company or others; and
 
    (viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
  and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
  provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance
  have been complied with.
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
  A holder may transfer or exchange Senior Discount Notes in accordance with
the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or
exchange any Senior Discount Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company
is not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Discount Note for a period
of 15 days before a selection of Senior Discount Notes to be redeemed.
 
  The registered holder of a Senior Discount Note will be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
  Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph, the Indenture or the
Senior Discount Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Discount
Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Senior Discount Notes), and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Senior
Discount Notes may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Discount Notes (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
Senior Discount Notes).
 
  Without the consent of each holder affected, however, an amendment or waiver
may not (with respect to any Senior Discount Note held by a non-consenting
holder):
 
    (i) reduce the principal amount of Senior Discount Notes whose holders
  must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
    (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Senior
  Discount Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the
  Senior Discount Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants
  described under the caption "--Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control"
  and "--Offer to Purchase with Excess Asset Sale Proceeds");
 
    (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on
  any Senior Discount Notes;
 
    (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
  or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Discount Notes (except a
  rescission of acceleration of the Senior Discount Notes by the holders of
  at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Discount
  Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
  acceleration);
 
    (v) make any Senior Discount Note payable in money other than that stated
  in the Senior Discount Notes;
 
    (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to
  waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of Senior Discount Notes
  to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
  Senior Discount Notes;
 
    (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Senior Discount Note
  (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above
  under the caption "--Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control" and "Offer
  to Purchase with Excess Asset Sale Proceeds"); or
 
    (viii) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.
 
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of Senior
Discount Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Senior Discount Notes:
 
      (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
      (b) to provide for uncertificated Senior Discount Notes in addition
    to or in place of certificated Senior Discount Notes;
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
      (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to
    holders of the Senior Discount Notes in the case of a merger or
    consolidation;
 
      (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
    benefits to the holders of the Senior Discount Notes or that does not
    adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
    holder; or
 
      (e) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect
    or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust
    Indenture Act.
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should the Trustee become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of
claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect
of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to
engage in other transactions with the Company; however, if the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90
days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.
 
  The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior
Discount Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee,
subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an
Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be required,
in the exercise of its powers, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in
the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request of any holder of Senior Discount Notes, unless such
holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory
to it against any loss, liability or expense. No holder of any Senior Discount
Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the
Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless (i) such holder gives to the
Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (ii) holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Discount Notes
make a written request to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders of the Notes
provide to the Trustee satisfactory indemnity and (iv) the Trustee does not
comply within 60 days. Otherwise, no holder of any Senior Discount Note will
have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or
for any remedy thereunder, except: (i) a holder of a Senior Discount Note may
institute suit for enforcement of payment of the principal of and premium, if
any, or interest on such Senior Discount Note on or after the respective due
dates expressed in such Senior Discount Note (including upon acceleration
thereof) or (ii) the institution of any proceeding with respect to the
Indenture or any remedy thereunder, including without limitation acceleration,
by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior
Discount Notes, provided that, upon institution of any proceeding or exercise
of any remedy such Holders provide the Trustee with prompt notice thereof.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture
without charge by writing to the Company at 3625 Queen Palm Drive, Tampa,
Florida 33619, Attention: Investor Relations.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
  Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as
any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
  "Accreted Value" means, as of any date of determination prior to May 15,
2001, the sum of (a) the initial offering price of each Senior Discount Note
and (b) that portion of the excess of the principal amount of each Senior
Discount Note over such initial offering price as shall have been accreted
thereon through such date, such amount to be so accreted on a daily basis at
the rate of 12 1/2% per annum of the initial offering price of the Senior
Discount Notes, compounded semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15 from
the date of issuance
 
                                      67
<PAGE>
 
of the Senior Discount Notes through the date of determination computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Accreted Value of any
Senior Discount Note on or after May 15, 2001 shall be 100% of the principal
amount thereof.
 
  "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person,
including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
  "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled
by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person,
shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise,
provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 25% or more of the voting
securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control.
 
  "Attributable Debt" means, with respect to any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction, the present value at the time of determination (discounted at a
rate consistent with accounting guidelines, as determined in good faith by the
Company) of the payments during the remaining term of the lease (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended) or until the earliest date on which the lessee may
terminate such lease without penalty or upon payment of a penalty (in which
case the rental payments shall include such penalty), after excluding all
amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance,
taxes, assessments, water, utilities and similar charges.
 
  "Beneficial Owner" means a beneficial owner as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rules), including the provision
of such Rules that a Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of
all securities that such Person has a right to acquire within 60 days;
provided that a Person will not be deemed a beneficial owner of, or to own
beneficially, any securities if such beneficial ownership (1) arises solely as
a result of a revocable proxy delivered in response to a proxy or consent
solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act and
(2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or any
successor schedule) under the Exchange Act.
 
  "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.
 
  "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock and (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests
(whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
or distributions of assets of, such partnership.
 
  "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one or a series of
related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (as such term
is used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), (ii) the
adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company,
(iii) any Person or group (as defined above) is or becomes the Beneficial
Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total Voting Stock or
Total Common Equity of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation
or otherwise or (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.
 
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
  "Closing Price" on any Trading Day with respect to the per share price of
any shares of Capital Stock means the last reported sale price regular way or,
in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the
reported closing bid and asked prices regular way, in either case on the New
York Stock Exchange or, if such shares of Capital Stock are not listed or
admitted to trading on such exchange, on the principal national securities
exchange on which such shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the
Nasdaq National Market or, if such shares are not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange or quoted on Nasdaq National
Market but the issuer is a Foreign Issuer (as defined in Rule 3b-4(b) under
the Exchange Act) and the principal securities exchange on which such shares
are listed or admitted to trading is a Designated Offshore Securities Market
(as defined in Rule 902(a) under the Securities Act), the average of the
reported closing bid and asked prices regular way on such principal exchange,
or, if such shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange or quoted on Nasdaq National Market and the issuer and
principal securities exchange do not meet such requirements, the average of
the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter market as furnished
by any New York Stock Exchange member firm that is selected from time to time
by the Company for that purpose and is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
 
  "Common Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that does
not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such
Person.
 
  "Concurrent Offering" means the offering of shares of common stock of the
Company substantially concurrently with the offering of the Senior Discount
Notes.
 
  "Consolidated Cash Flow Leverage Ratio" with respect to any Person means the
ratio of the Consolidated Indebtedness of such Person to the Consolidated
EBITDA of such Person for the relevant period; provided, however, that (1) if
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has incurred any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or if the Company has issued any Disqualified Stock
or if any Subsidiary of the Company has issued any Preferred Stock since the
beginning of such period that remains outstanding on the date of such
determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated Cash Flow Leverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or the issuance of Disqualified Stock by the
Company, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Indebtedness for such period
will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to (A) such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such
Indebtedness had been incurred or such stock had been issued on the first day
of such period, (B) the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid,
repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new
Indebtedness or sale of stock as if such discharge had occurred on the first
day of such period, and (C) the interest income realized by the Company or its
Subsidiaries on the proceeds of such Indebtedness or of such stock sale, to
the extent not yet applied at the date of determination, assuming such
proceeds earned interest at the rate in effect on the date of determination
from the first day of such period through such date of determination, (2) if
since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company has made any sale of assets (including, without limitation, any Asset
Sales or pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction), Consolidated EBITDA
for such period will be (A) reduced by an amount equal to Consolidated EBITDA
(if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of
such sale of assets for such period or (B) increased by an amount equal to
Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such
period and (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company (by merger or otherwise) has made an Investment in
any Subsidiary of the Company (or any Person which becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company) or has made an acquisition of assets, including, without limitation,
any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a
calculation of Consolidated EBITDA to be made hereunder, which constitutes all
or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, Consolidated EBITDA
for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including the incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt)) as if
such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period. For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an
acquisition of assets, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good
faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company,
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
provided, however, that such Officer shall assume (i) the historical sales and
gross profit margins associated with such assets for any consecutive 12-month
period ended prior to the date of purchase (provided that the first month of
such 12-month period will be no more than 18 months prior to such date of
purchase) and (ii) other expenses as if such assets had been owned by the
Company since the first day of such period. If any Indebtedness (including,
without limitation, Acquired Debt) bears a floating rate of interest and is
being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness will be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period.
 
  "Consolidated EBITDA" as of any date of determination means the Consolidated
Net Income for such period (but without giving effect to adjustments,
accruals, deductions or entries resulting from purchase accounting,
extraordinary losses or gains and any gains or losses from any Asset Sales),
plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net
Income: (i) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and
its Subsidiaries for such period, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii)
depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles) and other non-cash charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to
the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any
future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a
prior period and excluding non-cash interest and dividend income) of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the provision for taxes on the income or profits of, and the depreciation,
amortization, interest expense and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of
the referent Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
Consolidated EBITDA only to the extent (and in same proportion) that the Net
Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at
the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary,
or loaned to the Company by any such Subsidiary, without prior approval (that
has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.
 
  "Consolidated Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, as of any
date of determination, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Person and
its Subsidiaries as of such date calculated on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
 
  "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any Person, for any period, the
aggregate of the following for such Person for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP: (a) the amount of interest in
respect of Indebtedness (including amortization of original issue discount,
amortization of debt issuance costs, and non-cash interest payments on any
Indebtedness, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and
after taking into account the effect of elections made under any Interest Rate
Agreement, however denominated, with respect to such Indebtedness), (b) the
amount of Redeemable Dividends (to the extent not already included in
Indebtedness in determining Consolidated Interest Expense for the relevant
period) and (c) the interest component of rentals in respect of any Capital
Lease Obligation paid, in each case whether accrued or scheduled to be paid or
accrued by such Person during such period to the extent such amounts were
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of this definition, interest on a
Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate
reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in
such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
 
  "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided
that:
 
    (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is
  accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to
  the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the
  referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof,
 
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
    (ii) the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent
  that the declaration or payment of dividends or other distributions by that
  Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
  without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or,
  directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
  agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
  governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders,
 
    (iii) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
  transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be
  excluded,
 
    (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
  excluded, and
 
    (v) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,
  whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.
 
  "Contingent Investment" means, with respect to any Person, any guarantee by
such Person of the performance of another Person or any commitment by such
Person to invest in another Person. Any Investment that consists of a
Contingent Investment shall be deemed made at the time that the guarantee of
performance or the commitment to invest is given, and the amount of such
Investment shall be the maximum monetary obligation under such guarantee of
performance or commitment to invest. To the extent that a Contingent
Investment is released or lapses without payment under the guarantee of
performance or the commitment to invest, such Investment shall be deemed not
made to the extent of such release or lapse. With respect to any Contingent
Investment, the payment of the guarantee of performance or the payment under
the commitment to invest shall not be deemed to be an additional Investment.
 
  "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of
the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to
such Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.
 
  "Credit Facility" means any credit facility entered into by and among the
Company and one or more commercial banks or financial institutions, providing
for senior term or revolving credit borrowings of a type similar to credit
facilities typically entered into by commercial banks and financial
institutions, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such credit
facility and related agreements may be amended, extended, refinanced, renewed,
restated, replaced or refunded from time to time.
 
  "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
  "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock to the extent that, and only to
the extent that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it
is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof,
in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Senior Discount
Notes mature, provided, however, that any Capital Stock which would not
constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders
thereof the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital
Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control occurring prior to the final
maturity of the Senior Discount Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock
if the change in control provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no
more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions
applicable to the Senior Discount Notes contained in the covenant described
under "Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control" and such Capital Stock
specifically provides that the Company will not repurchase or redeem any such
stock pursuant to such provisions prior to the Company's repurchase of such
Senior Discount Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the
covenant described under "Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control."
 
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
  "Eligible Institution" means a commercial banking institution that has
combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its equivalent
in foreign currency, whose debt is rated "A" (or higher) according to S&P or
Moody's at the time as of which any investment or rollover therein is made.
 
  "Eligible Receivable" means any Receivable not more than 90 days past due
under its scheduled payment terms.
 
  "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock or that are measured by the value of Capital
Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into or
exchangeable for Capital Stock).
 
  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any
successor act), and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
  "Existing Indebtedness" means the Senior Discount Notes and all other
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue
Date.
 
  "Existing Senior Notes" means the Company's 13 1/2% Existing Senior Notes
due 2005.
 
  "Fair Market Value" means with respect to any asset or property, the sale
value that would be obtained in an arm's length transaction between an
informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and
willing buyer under no compulsion to buy.
 
  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession of the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date.
 
  "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee
or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
 
  "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
 
  "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under Interest Rate Agreements.
 
  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or representing the balance
deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant
to capital leases) or representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such
balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the
extent any of the foregoing (other than Hedging Obligations or letters of
credit) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, all indebtedness of others secured by a Lien
on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness is assumed by
such Persons), all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or
otherwise acquire for value any Disqualified Stock or any warrants, rights or
options to acquire such Disqualified Stock valued, in the case of Disqualified
Stock, at the greatest amount payable in respect thereof on a liquidation
(whether voluntary or involuntary) plus accrued and unpaid dividends, the
liquidation value of any Preferred Stock issued by Subsidiaries of such Person
plus accrued and unpaid dividends, and also includes, to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee of items that would be included within this
definition and any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal,
extension or refunding of
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
any of the above; notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will performance
bonds or similar security for performance be deemed Indebtedness so long as
such performance bonds or similar security for performance would not appear as
a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with
GAAP; and provided further, that the amount of any Indebtedness in respect of
any Guarantee shall be the maximum principal amount of the Indebtedness so
guaranteed.
 
  "Interest Rate Agreements" means (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in interest rates.
 
  "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans,
Guarantees, Contingent Investments, advances or capital contributions
(excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees
made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any
other Person and all other items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided,
however, that any investment to the extent made with Capital Stock of the
Company (other than Disqualified Stock) shall not be deemed an "Investment"
for purposes of the Indenture.
 
  "Issue Date" means May 14, 1996.
 
  "Joint Venture" means a Person in the Telecommunications Business in which
the Company holds less than a majority of the shares of Voting Stock or an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in the Telecommunications Business.
 
  "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).
 
 "Marketable Securities" means:
 
    (i) Government Securities;
 
    (ii) any certificate of deposit maturing not more than 270 days after the
  date of acquisition issued by, or time deposit of, an Eligible Institution;
 
    (iii) commercial paper maturing not more than 270 days after the date of
  acquisition issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the
  Company) with a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is
  made, of "A-1" (or higher) according to S&P or "P-1" (or higher) according
  to Moody's;
 
    (iv) any banker's acceptances or money market deposit accounts issued or
  offered by an Eligible Institution; and
 
    (v) any fund investing exclusively in investments of the types described
  in clauses (i) through (iv) above.
 
  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
 
  "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b)
the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or
the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any
related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
  "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting
and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any relocation
expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and
any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment
of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that are the subject
of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price
of such asset or assets. Net Proceeds shall exclude any non-cash proceeds
received from any Asset Sale, but shall include such proceeds when and as
converted by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to cash.
 
  "Pari Passu Notes" means any notes issued by the Company which, by their
terms and the terms of any indenture governing such notes, have an obligation
to be repurchased by the Company upon the occurrence of an Asset Sale.
 
  "Permitted Investment" means (a) any Investments in the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company; (b) any Investments in Marketable Securities; (c)
Investments by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as
a result of such Investment (i) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the
Company or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or
into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; (d) any
Investments in property or assets to be used in (A) any line of business in
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged on the Issue Date or
(B) any Telecommunications Business; (e) Investments in any Person in
connection with the acquisition of such Person or substantially all of the
property or assets of such Person by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company; provided that within 180 days from the first date of any such
Investment, either (A) such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries or (B) the amount of any such Investment is repaid in full
to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (f) Investments pursuant to any
agreement or obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary, in effect on the Issue
Date or on the date a subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary (provided that any such
agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such subsidiary becoming a
Subsidiary), to make such Investments; (g) Investments in prepaid expenses,
negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers'
compensation, performance and other similar deposits; (h) Hedging Obligations
permitted to be incurred by the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and (i) bonds, notes, debentures or other
securities received as a result of Asset Sales permitted under the covenant
entitled "Asset Sales."
 
  "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capital
Lease Obligations) permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of
the second paragraph of the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock"; (ii) Liens in favor of the Company; (iii) Liens
on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or
consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that
such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company; (iv) Liens on property existing
at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation
of such acquisition; (v) Liens to secure the performance of statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of
a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vi) Liens existing
on the Issue Date; (vii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges
or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted and diligently concluded,
provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required
in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (viii) Liens incurred
in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one
time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in connection with the
borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade
credit in the ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in the aggregate
materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use
thereof in the operation of business by the Company or such Subsidiary; (ix)
existing Liens to secure the Existing Senior Notes pursuant to the indenture
governing the Existing Senior
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
Notes; (x) Liens on Telecommunications Related Assets existing during the time
of the construction thereof; (xi) Liens on Receivables to secure Indebtedness
permitted to be incurred by the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock," but only to the extent that the outstanding
amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens would not represent more than
80% of Eligible Receivables; and (xii) Liens to secure any Permitted
Refinancing of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing
clauses (i), (iii), (v) or (xi); but only to the extent that such Liens do not
extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the
Indebtedness secured by such Liens is not increased.
 
  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
 
  "Preferred Stock" as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means
Capital Stock of such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that
ranks prior, as to payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
 
  "Receivables" means, with respect to any Person, all of the following
property and interests in property of such person or entity, whether now
existing or existing in the future or hereafter acquired or arising: (i)
accounts; (ii) accounts receivable, including, without limitation, all rights
to payment created by or arising from sales of goods, leases of goods or the
rendition of services no matter how evidenced, whether or not earned by
performance; (iii) all unpaid seller's or lessor's rights including, without
limitation, rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit,
relating to any of the foregoing after creation of the foregoing or arising
therefrom; (iv) all rights to any goods or merchandise represented by any of
the foregoing, including, without limitation, returned or repossessed goods;
(v) all reserves and credit balances with respect to any such accounts
receivable or account debtors; (vi) all letters of credit, security, or
Guarantees for any of the foregoing; (vii) all insurance policies or reports
relating to any of the foregoing; (viii) all collection of deposit accounts
relating to any of the foregoing; (ix) all proceeds of any of the foregoing;
and (x) all books and records relating to any of the foregoing.
 
  "Redeemable Dividend" means, for any dividend with regard to Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock, the quotient of the dividend divided by the
difference between one and the maximum statutory federal income tax rate
(expressed as a decimal number between 1 and 0) then applicable to the issuer
of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock.
 
  "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
 
  "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to any Person, any
direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which any property (other than
Capital Stock) is sold by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person and is
thereafter leased back from the purchaser or transferee thereof by such Person
or one of its Subsidiaries.
 
  "Senior Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the
Company under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which
such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in
right of payment to the Senior Discount Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness will not include (i) any
liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the
Company, (ii) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or
other Affiliates, (iii) any trade payables or (iv) any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of the Indenture.
 
  "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
 
  "Strategic Investor" means, with respect to any sale of the Company's
Capital Stock, any Person which, both as of the Trading Day immediately before
the day of such sale and the Trading Day immediately after the
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
day of such sale, has, or whose parent has, a Total Market Capitalization of
at least $1.0 billion on a consolidated basis. In calculating Total Market
Capitalization for the purpose of this definition, the consolidated
Indebtedness of such Person, solely when calculated as of the Trading Day
immediately after the day of such sale, will be calculated after giving effect
to such sale (including any Indebtedness incurred in connection with such
sale). For purposes of this definition, the term "parent" means any Person of
which the referent Strategic Investor is a subsidiary.
 
  "Subsidiary" of any Person means (i) any corporation, association or
business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency)
to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the
time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof and
(ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general
partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only
general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person or any combination thereof; provided that any Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be excluded from this definition of "Subsidiary."
 
  "Telecommunications Business" means, when used in reference to any Person,
that such Person is engaged primarily in the business of (i) transmitting, or
providing services relating to the transmission of, voice, video or data
through owned or leased transmission facilities, (ii) creating, developing or
marketing communications related network equipment, software and other devices
for use in a Telecommunications Business or (iii) evaluating, participating or
pursuing any other activity or opportunity that is related to those identified
in (i) or (ii) above; provided that the determination of what constitutes a
Telecommunications Business shall be made in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company.
 
  "Telecommunications Related Assets" means all assets, rights (contractual or
otherwise) and properties, whether tangible or intangible, used in connection
with a Telecommunications Business.
 
  "Total Common Equity" of any Person means, as of any date of determination
(and as modified for purposes of the definition of "Change of Control"), the
product of (i) the aggregate number of outstanding primary shares of Common
Stock of such Person on such day (which shall not include any options or
warrants on, or securities convertible or exchangeable into, shares of Common
Stock of such Person) and (ii) the average Closing Price of such Common Stock
over the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding such day. If no
such Closing Price exists with respect to shares of any such class, the value
of such shares for purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith and
evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee.
 
  "Total Market Capitalization" of any Person means, as of any day of
determination (and as modified for purposes of the definition of "Strategic
Investor"), the sum of (1) the consolidated Indebtedness of such Person and
its subsidiaries (except in the case of the Company, in which case of the
Company and its Subsidiaries) on such day, plus (2) the product of (i) the
aggregate number of outstanding primary shares of Common Stock of such Person
on such day (which shall not include any options or warrants on, or securities
convertible or exchangeable into, shares of Common Stock of such Person) and
(ii) the average Closing Price of such Common Stock over the 20 consecutive
Trading Days immediately preceding such day, plus (3) the liquidation value of
any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of such Person on such day. If no
such Closing Price exists with respect to shares of any such class, the value
of such shares for purposes of clause (2) of the preceding sentence shall be
determined by the Company's Board of Directors in good faith and evidenced by
a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee.
 
  "Trading Day," with respect to a securities exchange or automated quotation
system, means a day on which such exchange or system is open for a full day of
trading.
 
  "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board
Resolution.
 
                                      76
<PAGE>
 
  "Vendor Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary incurred in connection with the acquisition or construction of
Telecommunications Related Assets.
 
  "Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or Persons
performing similar functions) of such Person, whether at all times or only so
long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any
contingency.
 
  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the total of the product
obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment,
sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (y) the number of
years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such
date and the making of such payment; provided, that with respect to Capital
Lease Obligations, that maturity shall be calculated after giving effect to
all renewal options by the Lessee.
 
                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The following is a summary, based on the opinion of Kronish, Lieb, Weiner &
Hellman LLP, counsel to the Company, of the anticipated material United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Senior Discount Notes. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), its legislative history, existing and
proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as
in effect and existing on the date of this Prospectus and all of which are
subject to change at any time; any such change may be applied retroactively in
a manner that could adversely affect a Holder. This summary applies only to
those persons who are the initial Holders of the Senior Discount Notes and who
hold Senior Discount Notes as capital assets and does not address the tax
consequences to taxpayers who are subject to special rules (such as financial
institutions, tax-exempt organizations and insurance companies) or aspects of
federal income taxation that may be relevant to a prospective investor based
upon such investor's particular tax situation. Moreover, the effect of any
applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. Accordingly,
purchasers of Senior Discount Notes should consult their own tax advisors with
respect to the particular consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Senior Discount Notes and the applicability of any state,
local or foreign tax laws, as well as with respect to the possible effects of
changes in federal and other tax laws.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
  General. The Senior Discount Notes will be issued with original issue
discount ("OID") for federal income tax purposes. Holders will be required to
include OID in income periodically over the term of the Senior Discount Notes
before receipt of the cash to which such income is attributable.
 
  The amount of OID on a Senior Discount Note will be the excess of the stated
redemption price at maturity of the Senior Discount Note over its issue price.
The issue price of a Senior Discount Note will be the first price at which a
substantial amount of Senior Discount Notes is sold to the public for money
(excluding sales to bond houses, brokers or others acting in the capacity of
underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers, etc.). The stated redemption
price at maturity of a Senior Discount Note will be the sum of all payments to
be made on such Senior Discount Note, whether denominated as principal or
interest. Accordingly, each Senior Discount Note will be issued with a
substantial amount of OID.
 
  In general, a Holder must include in gross income for federal income tax
purposes the sum of the daily portions of OID with respect to a Senior
Discount Note for each day during the taxable year or portion of a taxable
year on which such Holder holds the Senior Discount Note ("Accrued OID"). The
daily portion is determined by allocating to each day of any accrual period a
pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The OID
allocable to a full accrual period is an amount equal to the adjusted issue
price of the Senior
 
                                      77
<PAGE>
 
Discount Note at the beginning of the accrual period multiplied by the yield
to maturity of the Senior Discount Note. For purposes of computing OID, the
Company will use six-month accrual periods that end on the days in the
calendar year corresponding to the day before the maturity date of the Senior
Discount Notes and the date six months prior to such day, with the exception
of an initial short accrual period. The adjusted issue price of a Senior
Discount Note at the beginning of any accrual period is the issue price of the
Senior Discount Note increased by the Accrued OID for all prior accrual
periods, less any cash payments on the Senior Discount Note made on or before
the first day of that accrual period. Under these rules, Holders will
generally be required to include in gross income increasingly greater amounts
of OID in each successive accrual period.
 
  The Company is required to furnish certain information to the IRS, and will
furnish annually to record holders of a Senior Discount Note information with
respect to original issue discount accruing during the calendar year. That
information will be based upon the adjusted issue price of the Senior Discount
Note as if the holder were the original holder of the Senior Discount Note.
 
  Holders who purchase Senior Discount Notes for an amount other than the
adjusted issue price and/or on a date other than the end of an accrual period
will be required to determine for themselves the amount of original issue
discount, if any, they are required to include in gross income for federal
income tax purposes.
 
DISPOSITION OF THE SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES
 
  Generally, any sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Senior
Discount Note will result in taxable gain or loss equal to the difference
between the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received in
exchange therefor and the Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Senior Discount
Note. An initial Holder's adjusted tax basis for determining gain or loss on
such sale or other disposition will equal the cost of the Senior Discount Note
to such Holder, increased by any Accrued OID includible in such Holder's gross
income and decreased by the amount of any cash payments received by such
Holder (regardless of whether such payments are denominated as principal or
interest). Any gain or loss upon a sale or other disposition of a Senior
Discount Note will generally be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term
capital gain or loss if the Senior Discount Note has been held by the Holder
for more than one year.
 
  Holders should be aware that the resale of a Senior Discount Note may be
affected by the "market discount" rules of the Code, under which a subsequent
purchaser acquiring a Senior Discount Note at a market discount generally
would be required to include as ordinary income a portion of gain realized
upon the disposition or retirement of such Senior Discount Note to the extent
of the market discount that accrued while the Senior Discount Note was held by
such holder.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY AND TO CORPORATE
HOLDERS
 
  The Senior Discount Notes will constitute "applicable high yield discount
obligations" ("AHYDOs") if the yield to maturity of the Senior Discount Notes
is equal to or greater than the sum of the relevant applicable federal rate
(the "AFR"), plus 5 percentage points. The relevant AFR for the Senior
Discount Notes (plus 5 percentage points) is 11.72 percent, compounded semi-
annually. If the Senior Discount Notes are AHYDOs, as described below, a
portion of the tax deductions that would otherwise be available to the Company
in respect of the Senior Discount Notes will be deferred or disallowed, which,
in turn, may reduce the after-tax cash flows of the Company. More
particularly, if the Senior Discount Notes constitute AHYDOs, the Company will
not be entitled to deduct OID that accrues with respect to the Senior Discount
Notes until amounts attributable to OID are paid in cash. In addition, if the
yield to maturity of the Senior Discount Notes exceeds the sum of the relevant
AFR plus six percentage points, the "disqualified portion" of the OID accruing
on the Senior Discount Notes will be characterized as a non-deductible
dividend with respect to the Company and also may be treated as a dividend
distribution solely for purposes of the dividends received deduction of
Sections 243, 246 and 246A of the Code with respect to Holders that are U.S.
corporations. In general, the "disqualified portion" of OID for any accrual
period will be equal to the product of (i) a percentage determined by dividing
the "excess yield" (i.e., the excess of the yield to maturity of the Senior
Discount Notes over the sum of the relevant AFR plus six
 
                                      78
<PAGE>
 
percentage points) by the yield to maturity and (ii) the OID for the accrual
period. Subject to otherwise applicable limitations, a U.S. corporate Holder
will be entitled to a dividends received deduction (generally at a 70 percent
rate) with respect to the disqualified portion of the Accrued OID if the
Company has sufficient current or accumulated "earnings and profits." The
President of the United States has proposed reducing the dividends received
deduction to 50 percent. To the extent that the Company's earnings and profits
are insufficient, any portion of the OID that otherwise would have been
recharacterized as a dividend for purposes of the dividends received deduction
will continue to be taxed as ordinary OID income in accordance with the rules
described above in "Original Issue Discount."
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
  A Holder may be subject, under certain circumstances, to backup withholding
at a 31 percent rate with respect to payments of interest and OID received on,
and proceeds from the sale (through a broker) of, a Senior Discount Note.
Backup withholding generally applies only if the Holder (i) fails to furnish
his or her social security or other taxpayer identification number ("TIN") to
the Company in the required manner, (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN and the
Internal Revenue Service so notifies the Company, (iii) is notified by the
Service that he or she has failed to report properly payments of interest or
dividends and the Service has notified the Company that he or she is subject
to backup withholding, or (iv) fails, under certain circumstances, to provide
a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided
is his or her correct number and that he or she is not subject to backup
withholding. Any amount withheld from a payment to a Holder under the backup
withholding rules is allowable as a credit against such Holder's federal
income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to
the Service. Certain Holders (including, among others, corporations) are not
subject to backup withholding. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to
their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure
for obtaining such an exemption.
 
                                      79
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement") among the Company and the underwriters listed
below (the "Underwriters"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to purchase
the principal amount of the Senior Discount Notes set forth opposite its name
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   UNDERWRITERS                                                       AMOUNT
   ------------                                                    ------------
   <S>                                                             <C>
   Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ...................................... $181,500,000
   Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..............................   82,500,000
   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
            Incorporated .........................................   66,000,000
                                                                   ------------
       Total...................................................... $330,000,000
                                                                   ============
</TABLE>
 
  The purchase price for the Senior Discount Notes will be approximately
96.5%. The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters thereunder are subject to certain conditions precedent and that
the Underwriters are severally committed to take and pay for all of the Senior
Discount Notes if any are taken. The Underwriting Agreement also provides that
the Company will indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities in
connection with the offer and sale of the Senior Discount Notes, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and contribute to
payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose initially
to offer the Senior Discount Notes to the public at the public offering price
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at such
price less a concession not in excess of .25% of the principal amount of the
Senior Discount Notes. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession not in excess of .125% of the purchase price of the
Senior Discount Notes on sales to certain other dealers. After the initial
public offering of the Senior Discount Notes, the public offering price and
other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.
 
  The Senior Discount Notes are a new issue of securities with no established
trading market. The Company does not intend to list the Senior Discount Notes
on any national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market. The
Company has been advised by the Underwriters that, subject to applicable laws
and regulations, each of them presently intends to make a market in the Senior
Discount Notes; however, the Underwriters are not obliged to do so. Any such
market-making activity may be discontinued at any time for any reason without
notice. There can be no assurance that an active market for the Senior
Discount Notes will develop or as to their liquidity or, if a market does
develop, at what price the Senior Discount Notes will trade. If such a market
were to develop, the Senior Discount Notes could trade at prices that may be
higher or lower than the initial offering price thereof depending on many
factors including prevailing interest rates, general economic conditions, the
Company's operating results and the market for similar debt securities. To the
extent that an active trading market for the Senior Discount Notes does not
develop, the liquidity and trading prices of the Senior Discount Notes may be
adversely affected. See "Risk Factors--Lack of Established Market."
 
  Each of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated acted
as an initial purchaser in connection with the offering by the Company of
units each consisting of $1,000 principal amount of the Existing Senior Notes
and one warrant to purchase 2.19 shares of Common Stock in June 1995. In
addition, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. has from time to time provided, and may in
the future provide, financial advisory services to the Company for which it
has received, and may in the future receive, customary compensation.
 
                                      80
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The legality of the securities offered hereby has been passed upon for the
Company by Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellman LLP, 1114 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, New York 10036-7798. Ralph J. Sutcliffe, a partner of Kronish, Lieb,
Weiner & Hellman LLP, beneficially owns 5,745 shares of the Common Stock.
Certain legal matters in connection with the sale of securities offered hereby
will be passed upon for the Underwriters by their counsel Latham & Watkins,
885 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The consolidated financial statements of the Company at December 31, 1994
and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1995, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public accountants, as set
forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included in
reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
  The financial statements of the Telecommunications Division of EMI
Communications, Inc. at July 31, 1994 and 1995, and for the years then ended,
appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent certified public accountants, as set forth in
their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance
upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
  The consolidated financial statements of FiberNet USA, Inc. and the
Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1994 and for the period September 17, 1993
(inception) to June 30, 1994, appearing in the Company's Annual Report (Form
10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1995 have been audited by Mendelsohn
Kary Bell & Natoli, P.C., independent auditors, as stated in their report
thereon included therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such
consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in
reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
 
  The consolidated financial statements of FiberNet Telecommunications
Cincinnati, Inc., as of June 30, 1993 and 1994 and for the year ended June 30,
1994 and for the period August 20, 1992 (inception) to June 30, 1993 appearing
in the Company's Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31,
1995 have been audited by Mendelsohn Kary Bell & Natoli, P.C., independent
auditors, as stated in their reports thereon included therein and incorporated
herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated
herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                      81
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements..........  F-2
INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants.......................  F-6
 Consolidated Financial Statements for each of the Three Years in the
  Period Ended
  December 31, 1995.......................................................  F-7
EMI COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants....................... F-22
 Financial Statements for the Telecommunications Division for the Years
  Ended July 31, 1994 and 1995, and for the Six-Month Periods Ended
  January 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)................................... F-23
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as
of December 31, 1995 includes the historical effects of the pending
acquisition of the telecommunication assets of EMI Communications Corporation
(EMI), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation. The
accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1995 has been prepared to reflect
the acquisition of FiberNet USA, Inc. and Subsidiaries and FiberNet
Telecommunications Cincinnati, Inc. (collectively, FiberNet) and EMI as if
they were consummated on January 1, 1995.
 
  The pro forma information is based on the historical financial statements of
the acquired businesses giving effect to the transactions under the purchase
method of accounting and the assumptions and adjustments described in the
accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
  The pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of the actual
results that would have been achieved had the acquisitions actually been
completed as of the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
respective historical financial statements of Intermedia Communications of
Florida, Inc. (ICI or the Company), FiberNet and EMI included elsewhere
herein.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  HISTORICAL
                          ---------------------------  PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                          CONSOLIDATED(1)   EMI(2)    ADJUSTMENTS         TOTALS
                          --------------- ----------- ------------     ------------
<S>                       <C>             <C>         <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash
   equivalents..........   $ 50,996,919   $       --                   $ 50,996,919
  Restricted
   investments..........     18,854,015           --                     18,854,015
  Short-term
   investments..........      2,100,000           --                      2,100,000
  Accounts receivable,
   net..................      7,954,194     8,238,646 $ (8,238,646)(3)    7,954,194
  Prepaid expenses,
   deposits and other
   current assets.......      1,832,186       464,302     (464,302)(3)    1,832,186
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
Total current assets....     81,737,314     8,702,948   (8,702,948)      81,737,314
Restricted investments..     30,869,001           --                     30,869,001
Telecommunications
 equipment, net.........     76,169,589    10,040,740    7,084,260 (4)   93,294,589
Intangibles, net........     26,986,915           --                     26,986,915
Other assets............        255,306       429,054     (429,054)(3)      255,306
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
    Total assets........   $216,018,125   $19,172,742 $ (2,047,742)    $233,143,125
                           ============   =========== ============     ============
LIABILITIES AND
 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable......   $  4,810,175   $ 9,466,725 $ (9,466,725)(3) $  4,810,175
  Accrued interest......      1,800,000           --                      1,800,000
  Other accrued
   expenses.............      1,861,682     1,280,528   (1,280,528)(3)    2,111,682
                                                           250,000 (4)
  Advance billings......      1,747,081        50,187      (50,187)(3)    1,747,081
  Current portion of
   long-term debt.......        107,757           --                        107,757
  Current portion of
   capital lease
   obligations..........      1,057,927           --                      1,057,927
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
    Total current
     liabilities........     11,384,622    10,797,440  (10,547,440)      11,634,622
Long-term debt:
  Long-term debt........    159,199,226           --                    159,199,226
  Capital lease
   obligations..........      5,179,914           --                      5,179,914
  Other liabilities.....                      574,961     (574,961)(3)          --
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
    Total liabilities...    175,763,762    11,372,401  (11,122,401)     176,013,762
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock..........        103,597           --         9,375 (4)      112,972
  Additional paid-in
   capital..............     74,093,476           --    16,865,625 (4)   90,959,101
  Divisional equity.....            --      7,800,341   (7,800,341)(3)
  Accumulated deficit...    (33,942,710)          --                    (33,942,710)
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
    Total stockholders'
     equity.............     40,254,363     7,800,341    9,074,659       57,129,363
                           ------------   ----------- ------------     ------------
    Total liabilities
     and stockholders'
     equity.............   $216,018,125   $19,172,742 $ (2,047,742)    $233,143,125
                           ============   =========== ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
      UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      HISTORICAL
                          ------------------------------------
                              (A)          (B)         (C)       PRO FORMA       PRO FORMA
                          CONSOLIDATED  FIBERNET       EMI      ADJUSTMENTS        TOTALS
                          ------------  ---------  -----------  -----------     ------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>
Revenues................  $ 38,630,574  $  38,790  $43,369,515  $ (351,796)(d)  $ 81,687,083
Expenses:
 Facilities
  administration and
  maintenance and line
  costs.................    22,989,195     29,849   39,936,405    (351,796)(d)    62,603,653
 Selling, general and
  administrative........    14,992,458    236,572    3,065,864                    18,294,894
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........    10,195,871     75,518    4,736,679  (2,290,250)(e)    12,808,073
                                                                    90,255 (f)
                          ------------  ---------  -----------  ----------      ------------
                            48,177,524    341,939   47,738,948  (2,551,791)       93,706,620
                          ------------  ---------  -----------  ----------      ------------
Income (loss)from
 operations.............    (9,546,950)  (303,149)  (4,369,433)  2,199,995       (12,019,537)
Interest expense........   (13,766,639)   (59,793)    (532,320)    532,320 (g)   (13,826,432)
Interest and other
 income.................     4,060,040        --        21,831                     4,081,871
                          ------------  ---------  -----------  ----------      ------------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........   (19,253,549)  (362,942)  (4,879,922)  2,732,315       (21,764,098)
Income taxes (benefit)..       (96,952)       --    (1,776,076)  1,776,076 (h)       (96,952)
                          ------------  ---------  -----------  ----------      ------------
Income (loss) before
 extraordinary item.....  $(19,156,597) $(362,942) $(3,103,846) $  956,239      $(21,667,146)
                          ============  =========  ===========  ==========      ============
Loss per share before
 extraordinary item.....  $      (1.91)                                         $      (1.95)
                          ============                                          ============
Weighted average number
 of shares outstanding..    10,035,774                                            11,087,205 (i)
                          ============                                          ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
(1) Represents the historical condensed consolidated balance sheet of ICI as
    of December 31, 1995.
 
(2) Represents the historical condensed balance sheet of EMI as of January 31,
    1996. EMI currently has a fiscal year end of July 31.
 
(3) To reflect the elimination of all EMI assets, liabilities and divisional
    equity that are not being acquired by ICI as part of the purchase of EMI.
    Under the terms of the EMI purchase agreement, ICI is only acquiring the
    telecommunications assets of EMI which principally consist of
    telecommunications equipment and existing telecommunications service
    contracts.
 
(4) To reflect the issuance of ICI common stock in exchange for the
    telecommunications assets of EMI. Under the terms of the EMI purchase
    agreement, ICI has agreed to issue 937,500 shares of common stock for such
    assets. For pro forma purposes, the stock has been valued at $18 per share
    which represents an average of the selling price of ICI's common stock for
    a period before and after the date of the acquisition agreement, February
    20, 1996. The Company has initially allocated all of the estimated fair
    value of the common stock plus $250,000 in estimated acquisition-related
    costs to the telecommunications equipment pending final analysis of the
    value of the equipment and any acquired intangible assets. The purchase
    price allocation does not include a contingent cash payment of $594,000 if
    certain planned network expansion is completed by EMI prior to closing.
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
 
(a) Represents the historical condensed consolidated statement of operations
    of ICI for the year ended December 31, 1995, which include the operations
    of FiberNet from March 1, 1995.
 
(b) Represents the historical condensed statement of operations of FiberNet
    for the two months ended February 28, 1995.
 
(c) Represents the historical condensed statement of operations of EMI for the
    twelve months ended January 31, 1996.
 
(d) Represents the elimination of revenues between ICI and EMI.
 
(e) Represents the reduction in historical depreciation expense of EMI's
    telecommunications equipment as a result of the allocation of estimated
    purchase price. In addition, the assets are being depreciated on a
    straight-line basis using an estimated weighted average remaining life of
    seven years for pro forma purposes versus the original estimated lives and
    the accelerated depreciation method historically followed.
 
(f) To reflect the two months of goodwill amortization related to the FiberNet
    acquisition not included in ICI's historical consolidated financial
    statements.
 
(g) Represents the elimination of interest costs which would not have been
    incurred because of the proposed acquisition of EMI's telecommunications
    assets with ICI Common Stock.
 
(h) Represents the elimination of EMI's historical income tax benefit as a
    result of ICI's significant net operating losses.
 
(i) The pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding has been
    adjusted to reflect the issuance of Common Stock for the FiberNet and EMI
    acquisitions as if they occurred at the beginning of the indicated period.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
Board of Directors
Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc.
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Intermedia
Communications of Florida, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc. at December 31, 1994 and 1995,
and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
February 20, 1996
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                     -------------------------
                                                        1994          1995
                                                     -----------  ------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................... $10,208,187  $ 50,996,919
  Restricted investments............................         --     18,854,015
  Short-term investments............................      50,000     2,100,000
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $545,400 in 1994 and $869,000 in
   1995.............................................   5,321,276     7,954,194
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........   1,021,493     1,832,186
                                                     -----------  ------------
Total current assets................................  16,600,956    81,737,314
Restricted investments..............................         --     30,869,001
Telecommunications equipment, net...................  44,665,937    76,169,589
Intangibles, net....................................  12,414,618    26,986,915
Other assets........................................     404,641       255,306
                                                     -----------  ------------
Total assets........................................ $74,086,152  $216,018,125
                                                     ===========  ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.................................. $ 3,354,844  $  4,810,175
  Accrued taxes.....................................     537,452       285,757
  Accrued interest..................................      85,658     1,800,000
  Other accrued expenses............................     395,388     1,575,925
  Advance billings..................................   1,056,035     1,747,081
  Current portion of long-term debt.................     101,326       107,757
  Current portion of capital lease obligations......   1,481,815     1,057,927
                                                     -----------  ------------
Total current liabilities...........................   7,012,518    11,384,622
Long-term debt payable to a stockholder.............   9,646,927           --
Long-term debt......................................     323,306   159,199,226
Capital lease obligations...........................   4,973,086     5,179,914
Deferred income taxes...............................      96,952           --
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 500,000 shares
   authorized; no shares issued.....................         --            --
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares
   authorized; 9,659,188 and 10,359,771 shares is-
   sued in 1994 and 1995............................      96,592       103,597
  Additional paid-in capital........................  65,130,839    74,093,476
  Accumulated deficit............................... (13,194,068)  (33,942,710)
                                                     -----------  ------------
Total stockholders' equity..........................  52,033,363    40,254,363
                                                     -----------  ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.......... $74,086,152  $216,018,125
                                                     ===========  ============
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                           1993          1994          1995
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>
Revenues..............................  $ 8,292,291  $ 14,272,396  $ 38,630,574
Expenses:
  Facilities administration and main-
   tenance and line costs.............    2,843,077     5,395,932    22,989,195
  Selling, general, and administra-
   tive...............................    3,892,842     6,412,287    14,992,458
  Depreciation and amortization.......    3,020,471     5,131,940    10,195,871
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
                                          9,756,390    16,940,159    48,177,524
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
Loss from operations..................   (1,464,099)   (2,667,763)   (9,546,950)
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense....................     (843,782)   (1,218,876)  (13,766,639)
  Interest and other income...........      233,629       819,260     4,060,040
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
Loss before income tax benefit and ex-
 traordinary item.....................   (2,074,252)   (3,067,379)  (19,253,549)
Income tax benefit....................          --            --         96,952
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
Loss before extraordinary item........   (2,074,252)   (3,067,379)  (19,156,597)
Extraordinary loss on early extin-
 guishment of debt....................          --            --     (1,592,045)
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
Net loss..............................  $(2,074,252) $ (3,067,379) $(20,748,642)
                                        ===========  ============  ============
Earnings (loss) per share:
  Loss before extraordinary item......  $     (0.29) $      (0.34) $      (1.91)
  Extraordinary loss..................          --            --          (0.16)
                                        -----------  ------------  ------------
  Net loss per share..................  $     (0.29) $      (0.34) $      (2.07)
                                        ===========  ============  ============
Weighted average number of shares out-
 standing.............................    7,077,203     8,955,993    10,035,774
                                        ===========  ============  ============
</TABLE>
 
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                         --------------------    PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                           SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL      DEFICIT        EQUITY
                         ----------  --------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                      <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1,
 1993...................  6,872,163  $ 68,722  $29,240,377  $ (8,052,437)  $21,256,662
 Proceeds from public
  offering, net of
  issuance costs........  2,000,000    20,000   26,661,859           --     26,681,859
 Exercise of stock
  options for 22,076
  shares of Common Stock
  at prices ranging from
  $6.60 to $9.13 per
  share.................     22,076       220      145,910           --        146,130
 Exercise of stock
  warrants for 1,246
  shares of Common Stock
  at $4.20 per share....      1,246        12        5,221           --          5,233
 Forfeiture of 14,695
  shares of Common Stock
  at $.01 per share.....    (14,695)     (147)         147           --            --
 Purchase and retirement
  of 3,358 shares of
  Common Stock..........     (3,358)      (33)     (28,173)          --        (28,206)
 Net loss...............        --        --           --     (2,074,252)   (2,074,252)
                         ----------  --------  -----------  ------------   -----------
Balance at December 31,
 1993...................  8,877,432    88,774   56,025,341   (10,126,689)   45,987,426
 Issuance of shares of
  Common Stock for
  business combination,
  net of issuance
  costs.................    740,000     7,400    8,836,100           --      8,843,500
 Exercise of stock
  options for 41,756
  shares of Common Stock
  at prices ranging from
  $6.25 to $10.63 per
  share.................     41,756       418      269,398           --        269,816
 Net loss...............        --        --           --     (3,067,379)   (3,067,379)
                         ----------  --------  -----------  ------------   -----------
Balance at December 31,
 1994...................  9,659,188    96,592   65,130,839   (13,194,068)   52,033,363
 Issuance of shares of
  Common Stock for
  business combination,
  net of issuance
  costs.................    683,583     6,836    7,854,369           --      7,861,205
 Return and cancellation
  of escrowed shares
  issued for 1994
  business combination..    (22,357)     (224)    (279,239)          --       (279,463)
 Exercise of stock
  options and warrants
  for 39,357 shares of
  Common Stock at prices
  ranging from $4.20 to
  $12.20 per share......     39,357       393      336,307           --        336,700
 Issuance of detachable
  stock purchase
  warrants, net of
  issuance costs........        --        --     1,051,200           --      1,051,200
 Net loss...............        --        --           --    (20,748,642)  (20,748,642)
                         ----------  --------  -----------  ------------   -----------
Balance at December 31,
 1995................... 10,359,771  $103,597  $74,093,476  $(33,942,710)  $40,254,363
                         ==========  ========  ===========  ============   ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                   INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                        --------------------------------------
                                           1993         1994          1995
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss..............................  $(2,074,252) $(3,067,379) $(20,748,642)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
 net cash provided by (used in)
 operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.......    3,020,471    5,131,940    10,607,666
  Extraordinary loss..................          --           --      1,592,045
  Deferred tax benefit................          --           --        (96,952)
  Provision for doubtful accounts.....       48,524       80,222       856,055
  Changes in operating assets and lia-
   bilities:
   Accounts receivable................     (903,129)  (1,273,985)   (3,442,940)
   Prepaid expenses and other current
    assets............................      (64,991)    (741,888)     (204,824)
   Other assets.......................          --           --        159,751
   Accounts payable...................       91,564     (552,512)     (591,955)
   Other accrued expenses and taxes...      200,233     (360,073)    1,483,878
   Advance billings...................      150,830      367,290       691,046
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operat-
 ing activities.......................      469,250     (416,385)   (9,694,872)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of restricted investments....          --           --    (58,902,496)
Maturities of restricted investments..          --           --      9,179,480
Purchase of business, net of cash ac-
 quired...............................          --           --     (1,952,268)
Purchases of short-term investments...          --           --     (2,050,000)
Purchases of telecommunications equip-
 ment.................................  (10,485,577) (13,730,693)  (29,962,419)
Sales of short-term investments.......    9,800,000          --            --
Other investing activities............          --       201,701           --
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
Net cash used in investing activi-
 ties.................................     (685,577) (13,528,992)  (83,687,703)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock, net of issu-
 ance costs...........................   26,681,859          --            --
Exercise of stock warrants and op-
 tions................................      151,363      269,816       336,700
Purchase of treasury stock............      (28,206)         --            --
Payments on long-term debt............          --    (3,143,782)  (14,804,457)
Net proceeds from issuance of senior
 notes and warrants...................          --           --    153,766,848
Payments on capital leases............     (410,055)    (926,318)   (5,127,784)
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financ-
 ing activities.......................   26,394,961   (3,800,284)  134,171,307
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents..........................   26,178,634  (17,745,661)   40,788,732
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
 of year..............................    1,775,214   27,953,848    10,208,187
                                        -----------  -----------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 year.................................  $27,953,848  $10,208,187  $ 50,996,919
                                        ===========  ===========  ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION
Interest paid.........................  $ 1,178,884  $ 1,481,679  $ 12,318,014
                                        ===========  ===========  ============
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                               DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
ORGANIZATION
 
  Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc. (ICI) provides integrated
telecommunications services to business and government customers primarily in
the Southeastern United States. The Company provides data and video
telecommunications services, frame relay, Internet access services, local
exchange services, long distance services and telecommunications equipment.
 
  Effective December 2, 1994, ICI acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of
Phone One, Inc. Phone One, Inc. provides long distance telephone service to
business and residential customers. During 1995, the Company acquired all of
the outstanding stock of FiberNet USA, Inc. and FiberNet Telecommunication
Cincinnati, Inc. (collectively, FiberNet), which resulted in the expansion of
ICI's network. See Note 2.
 
  A significant portion of the Company's revenue in 1993 and 1994 was from
several long distance carriers (IXCs), including MCI and AT&T. Revenues from
the IXCs include revenues from services used by the IXCs as well as services
used by the IXCs' end users. Revenues from MCI totaled 19% and 11% of total
revenues in 1993 and 1994, respectively. Revenues from AT&T represented 11%
and 6% of total revenues in 1993 and 1994, respectively. Revenues from MCI and
AT&T together totaled less than 10% for 1995.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Intermedia
Communications of Florida, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Phone One,
Inc. and FiberNet (collectively, the Company), from the respective dates of
acquisition. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
  Short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit with maturities of
more than three months when purchased and are stated at cost.
 
RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS
 
  Restricted investments are U.S. Treasury Notes which are restricted for the
repayment of interest on certain debt and are stated at amortized cost.
Management designated these investments as held-to-maturity securities in
accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."
See Notes 5 and 9.
 
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
 
  Telecommunications equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation expense is
calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                              <C>
        Telecommunications equipment.................................. 3-7 years
        Fiber optic cable.............................................  20 years
        Furniture and fixtures........................................ 5-7 years
</TABLE>
 
  Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the
shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the
improvements.
 
INTANGIBLES
 
  Intangible assets are stated at cost and include purchased customer lists,
deferred debt issuance costs, and the excess of cost over the fair value of
identifiable net assets acquired (goodwill). Customer lists represent records
and files obtained from acquired businesses that contain information on
customers and the related information essential to contract renewals. Customer
lists are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives of eight years. Goodwill is amortized using the straight-line
method over periods of eight to forty years.
 
  Deferred debt issuance costs relate to the issuance of debt and are
amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the related
agreements. The related amortization is included as a component of interest
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
  The carrying value of goodwill and customer list will be reviewed if
circumstances suggest that it may be impaired. If this review indicates that
the intangible assets will not be recoverable, as determined based on the
undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired over the remaining amortization
period, the Company's carrying value of the goodwill will be reduced by the
estimated shortfall of cash flows.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
  The Company recognizes revenue in the period the service is provided or the
goods are shipped for equipment product sales. Unbilled revenues represent
revenues earned for telecommunications services provided which will be billed
in the succeeding month and totaled $532,000 and $636,257 as of December 31,
1994 and 1995, respectively. Unbilled revenues are included as a component of
accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
  The Company has applied the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires an asset and
liability approach in accounting for income taxes for all years presented.
Deferred income taxes are provided for in the consolidated financial
statements and principally relate to net operating losses and basis
differences for customer lists and telecommunications equipment.
 
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
  The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of
credit risk, as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
105, "Disclosure of Information About Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-
Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk," are
primarily cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
 
  The Company places its cash and temporary cash investments with high-quality
institutions. As of December 31, 1995, cash equivalents totaling approximately
$51.3 million were held by a single financial institution. Such amounts were
collateralized by government-backed securities.
 
  Accounts receivable are due from residential and commercial
telecommunications customers primarily located in Florida. Credit is extended
based on evaluation of the customer's financial condition and generally
collateral is not required. Anticipated credit losses are provided for in the
consolidated financial statements and have been within management's
expectations.
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
  The operating, investing and financing activities included in the 1994 and
1995 consolidated statements of cash flows are presented net of the assets and
liabilities acquired in connection with business combinations. See Note 2.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
  In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of" (FAS
121), which requires impairment losses to be recognized for long-lived assets
used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the
undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the assets' carrying
amount. The impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the
asset to its carrying amount. During 1995, the Company adopted the provisions
of FAS 121 with no impact to the consolidated financial statements.
 
  In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based Compensation," which
encourages but does not require companies to recognize stock awards based on
their fair value at the date of grant. The Company currently follows, and
expects to continue to follow, the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25), and
related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. Under
APB 25, no compensation expense is recognized when the exercise price of the
Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying
stock on the date of grant.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
  Certain amounts in the 1993 and 1994 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to 1995 presentations.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
2. ACQUISITIONS
 
  Effective December 2, 1994, the Company acquired all of the common stock of
Phone One, Inc. in exchange for 740,000 shares of common stock of the Company
valued at approximately $8.8 million. The acquisition has been accounted for
by the purchase method of accounting, with the purchase price allocated based
on fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Under the terms of
the purchase agreement, 60,000 of the 740,000 shares were held in escrow
pending the resolution of certain indemnified items. Of the 60,000 shares,
22,357 shares were canceled during 1995 to settle one indemnified item.
Settlement of the remaining escrowed shares is contingent upon the resolution
of a claim for indemnification (see Note 12).
 
  The operating results of Phone One, Inc. are included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
 
  On February 15, 1995, ICI acquired FiberNet in exchange for 683,583 shares
of the Company's common stock and a note payable of $1.2 million which was
paid on July 17, 1995, upon final closing.
 
  The Company has accounted for the FiberNet transaction as if it occurred on
March 1, 1995. The Company determined that FiberNet's estimated operating
results for the period February 16, 1995 to February 28, 1995 were not
material to its operations. The operating results of FiberNet are included in
the Company's consolidated financial statements since March 1, 1995.
 
  The following unaudited pro forma summary presents the consolidated results
of operations as if the acquisitions of Phone One, Inc. and FiberNet had
occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, and do not purport to be
indicative of the results that actually would have occurred if the acquisition
had been acquired as of those dates or of results which may occur in the
future.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                     -------------------------
                                                        1994          1995
                                                     -----------  ------------
      <S>                                            <C>          <C>
      Revenue....................................... $28,426,815  $ 38,669,364
      Loss before extraordinary item................  (7,978,825)  (19,609,794)
      Net loss......................................  (7,978,825)  (21,201,839)
      Net loss per share............................ $      (.77) $      (2.09)
</TABLE>
 
3. TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
 
  Telecommunications equipment consisted of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                     --------------------------
                                                         1994          1995
                                                     ------------  ------------
      <S>                                            <C>           <C>
      Telecommunications equipment.................. $ 28,429,370  $ 50,506,651
      Fiber optic cable.............................   18,362,936    27,891,274
      Furniture and fixtures........................    1,899,597     5,223,389
      Leasehold improvements........................      588,823       985,876
      Construction in progress......................    8,122,837    12,830,122
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                       57,403,563    97,437,312
      Less accumulated depreciation.................  (12,737,626)  (21,267,723)
                                                     ------------  ------------
                                                     $ 44,665,937  $ 76,169,589
                                                     ============  ============
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
3. TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
 
  Depreciation expense totaled $2,931,405, $4,911,001 and $7,940,173 in 1993,
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  Telecommunications equipment and construction in progress included
$7,890,234 and $7,264,534 of equipment recorded under capitalized lease
arrangements at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Accumulated
amortization of assets recorded under capital leases amounts to $1,340,006 and
$1,007,802 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Telecommunications
equipment purchases financed through capital lease obligations totaled
$281,836, $4,558,761 and $4,910,724 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The
amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in
depreciation expense.
 
  In connection with network expansion, the Company had commitments for
capital expansion of approximately $8 million at December 31, 1995.
 
4. INTANGIBLES
 
  Intangibles consisted of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                       ------------------------
                                                          1994         1995
                                                       -----------  -----------
      <S>                                              <C>          <C>
      Customer lists.................................. $10,096,975  $10,096,975
      Goodwill........................................   2,277,225   13,210,045
      Debt issuance costs.............................     599,307    6,233,152
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                        12,973,507   29,540,172
      Less accumulated amortization...................    (558,889)  (2,553,257)
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $12,414,618  $26,986,915
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Amortization expense amounted to $89,066 in 1993, $220,939 in 1994 and
$2,011,508 in 1995.
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
  Long-term debt consisted of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                      -------------------------
                                                         1994          1995
                                                      -----------  ------------
      <S>                                             <C>          <C>
      Senior Notes................................... $       --   $158,983,840
      Senior Secured Notes...........................   6,000,000           --
      Senior Subordinated Debentures.................   3,646,927           --
      Other notes payable............................     424,632       323,143
                                                      -----------  ------------
                                                       10,071,559   159,306,983
      Less current portion...........................    (101,326)     (107,757)
                                                      -----------  ------------
                                                      $ 9,970,233  $159,199,226
                                                      ===========  ============
</TABLE>
 
  During June 1995, ICI issued $160 million principal amount of 13.5% Senior
Notes due 2005 which were subsequently exchanged for 13 1/2% Series B Senior
Notes due 2005 (the Senior Notes) and warrants to purchase 350,400 shares of
the Company's common stock. The Company has allocated $1,051,200 of the
proceeds to the warrants, representing the estimated fair value at the date of
issuance. The Senior Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $160
million and mature on June 1, 2005. The Senior Notes may be redeemed at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after June 1, 2000, at a
premium of 106.75% of par and declining to
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
5. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS (CONTINUED)
 
par in 2003, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any,
through the redemption rate. The Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of
13.5% per annum payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1. The
Senior Notes agreement contains certain covenants including limits on the
issuance of additional indebtedness, with which the Company is in compliance
at December 31, 1995.
 
  The Company used a portion of the proceeds to retire its other long-term
indebtedness and to repay certain capital lease obligations. The remaining
proceeds will be used for capital expenditures in connection with the
Company's expansion, for working capital and to purchase securities for an
interest repayment fund. See Note 9. In connection with the repayment of
certain indebtedness, the Company incurred a prepayment penalty of
approximately $1,156,000. This amount, plus the write-off of the related
unamortized financing costs have been reported as an extraordinary loss in the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
  Long-term debt maturities as of December 31, 1995 for the next five years
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                               <C>
      1996............................................................. $107,757
      1997.............................................................  103,816
      1998.............................................................   56,555
      1999.............................................................   55,015
      2000.............................................................      --
</TABLE>
 
  For the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company
capitalized interest cost of $213,668, $257,058 and $677,512, respectively.
 
  The Company is a party to various capital lease agreements for strands of
fiber optic cable, underground conduit and utility poles for the Company's
telecommunication uses which extend through the year 2015.
 
  Future minimum lease payments for assets under the capital leases at
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                           <C>
      1996......................................................... $ 1,751,890
      1997.........................................................   1,223,010
      1998.........................................................   1,061,638
      1999.........................................................   1,022,896
      2000.........................................................     991,696
      Thereafter...................................................   6,413,704
                                                                    -----------
                                                                     12,464,834
      Less amount representing interest............................  (6,226,993)
                                                                    -----------
      Present value of future minimum lease payments...............   6,237,841
      Less current portion.........................................  (1,057,927)
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $ 5,179,914
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
6. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments
at December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                     -------------------------
                                                       CARRYING
                                                        AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE
                                                     ------------ ------------
      <S>                                            <C>          <C>
      ASSETS:
        Cash and cash equivalents................... $ 50,996,919 $ 50,996,919
        Short-term investments......................    2,100,000    2,100,000
        Restricted investments, current and
         noncurrent.................................   49,723,016   49,964,050
        Accounts receivable.........................    7,954,194    7,954,194
      LIABILITIES:
        Long-term debt:
         Senior Notes............................... $158,983,840 $179,200,000
         Other notes payable........................      323,143      323,143
</TABLE>
 
  The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
 
  Cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and
other notes payable: The carrying amount of these items are a reasonable
estimate of their fair value.
 
  Restricted investments: As of December 31, 1995, these investments are
classified as held-to-maturity, in accordance with SFAS 115, "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The fair value of these
investments is estimated from quoted market prices.
 
  Senior Notes: The estimated fair value is based on negotiated trades for the
securities including the related detachable warrants at year end as provided
by the Company's investment banker.
 
7. OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
 
  At December 31, 1995 warrants to purchase the following shares of the
Company's common stock were outstanding:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      SHARES                   PRICE PER SHARE                                 EXPIRATION DATE
      ------                   ---------------                                 ---------------
      <S>                      <C>                                             <C>
        6,472                      $ 4.20                                       March 4, 1997
      317,460                        4.20                                       June 2, 1997
      350,400                       10.86                                       June 1, 2000
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
 
  The Company has a Stock Option Plan (the Plan) under which options to
acquire an aggregate of 1,346,000 shares of Common Stock may be granted to
employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company. The Plan
authorizes the Board of Directors (the Board) to issue incentive stock options
(ISOs), as defined in Section 422A(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and stock
options that do not conform to the requirements of that Code section (Non-
ISOs). The Board has discretionary authority to determine the types of stock
options to be granted, the persons among those eligible to whom options will
be granted, the number of shares to be subject to such options, and the terms
of the stock option agreements. The exercise price of each ISO shall not be
less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of the grant.
The exercise price of each Non-ISO will be determined by the Board at the time
of the grant. Options may be exercised in the manner and at such times as
fixed by the Board, but may not be exercised after the tenth anniversary of
the grant of such options.
 
  The following table summarizes the transactions for the three years ended
December 31, 1995 relating to the Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NUMBER OF    PER SHARE
                                                        SHARES    OPTION PRICE
                                                       ---------  -------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>
Outstanding, January 1, 1993..........................   327,928  $ 6.06-$ 8.00
 Granted..............................................   408,251  $ 6.13-$12.13
 Exercised............................................   (22,076) $ 6.60-$ 9.13
 Canceled.............................................   (86,364) $ 6.50-$ 9.13
                                                       ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1993........................   627,739  $ 6.06-$12.13
 Granted..............................................   233,248  $10.25-$12.25
 Exercised............................................   (41,756) $ 6.25-$10.63
 Canceled.............................................   (70,464) $ 6.06-$12.13
                                                       ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1994........................   748,767  $ 6.06-$12.25
 Granted..............................................   549,057  $ 9.50-$15.56
 Exercised............................................   (37,831) $ 6.38-$12.25
 Canceled.............................................  (121,019) $ 6.38-$12.25
                                                       ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1995........................ 1,138,974  $ 6.06-$15.56
                                                       =========
Exercisable, December 31, 1995........................   321,843  $ 6.06-$15.56
</TABLE>
 
  The Board of Directors has reserved 675,868 shares of common stock in
connection with Stock Purchase Warrants, and 1,244,337 shares of common stock
that may be issued to employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the
Company pursuant to stock options as may be determined by the Board of
Directors.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
8. INCOME TAXES
 
  At December 31, 1995, the Company had temporary differences between amounts
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts
measured by tax laws. The Company also has net operating loss (NOL)
carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. Significant
components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December
31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DEFERRED TAX
                                                           ASSET (LIABILITY)
                                                        ------------------------
                                                           1994         1995
                                                        -----------  -----------
   <S>                                                  <C>          <C>
   TEMPORARY DIFFERENCES/CARRYFORWARDS
     Tax over book depreciation........................ $(2,777,874) $(3,410,117)
     Intangibles.......................................  (3,786,366)  (3,324,225)
                                                        -----------  -----------
       Total deferred tax liabilities..................  (6,564,240)  (6,734,342)
     Net operating loss carryforwards..................   6,450,977   14,198,845
     Other.............................................      16,311      300,746
                                                        -----------  -----------
       Total deferred tax assets.......................   6,467,288   14,499,591
     Less valuation allowance..........................         --     7,765,249
                                                        -----------  -----------
       Net deferred tax assets.........................   6,467,288    6,734,342
                                                        -----------  -----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $   (96,952) $       --
                                                        ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company's NOL carryforwards expire as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      YEAR INCURRED                                            AMOUNT    EXPIRES
      -------------                                          ----------- -------
      <S>                                                    <C>         <C>
      1988.................................................. $ 1,091,000  2003
      1989..................................................   1,835,000  2004
      1990..................................................   2,908,000  2005
      1991..................................................   1,713,000  2006
      1992..................................................   1,292,000  2007
      1993..................................................   4,548,000  2008
      1994..................................................   4,757,000  2009
      1995..................................................  19,719,000  2010
</TABLE>
 
  Approximately $1,000,000 of the Company's net operating loss carryforward is
subject to the "ownership change" rules of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 and can only be utilized at the rate of approximately $500,000
per year.
 
9. RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS
 
  The terms of the Company's Senior Note agreement (see Note 5) required the
Company to use a portion of the debt proceeds to purchase pledged securities
(Restricted Investments) sufficient to provide for the payment of interest on
the Senior Notes through June 1, 1998. The Company has purchased government
securities whose maturity coincides with the interest repayment dates.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
9. RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
  The Company's restricted investments at December 31, 1995 are summarized as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 GROSS      GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                    AMORTIZED  UNREALIZED UNREALIZED    FAIR
                                      COST       GAINS      LOSSES      VALUE
                                   ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
   <S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
   U.S. Treasury Notes............ $49,723,016  $241,034     $--     $49,964,050
                                   ===========  ========     ====    ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company's restricted
investments at December 31, 1995 by contractual maturity are summarized as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         AMORTIZED   ESTIMATED
   MATURITIES                                              COST     FAIR VALUE
   ----------                                           ----------- -----------
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Due within one year................................. $18,854,015 $18,980,942
   Due after one year through five years...............  30,869,001  30,983,108
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                        $49,723,016 $49,964,050
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
  The Company has established a 401(k) profit-sharing plan. Employees 21 years
or older with one year of service are eligible to participate in the plan.
Participants may elect to contribute, on a tax-deferred basis, up to 15% of
their compensation, not to exceed $9,240 in 1995. The Company will match one-
half of a participant's contribution, up to a maximum of 3% of the
participant's compensation. The Company's matching contribution fully vests
after five years of service. The Company's contributions to the plan were
approximately $23,000, $58,000, and $85,000 in 1993, 1994, and 1995,
respectively.
 
11. OPERATING LEASES
 
  The Company leases rights-of-way and cable conduit space, fiber optic cable,
terminal facility space, and office space. The leases generally contain
renewal options which range from one year to fifteen years, with certain
rights-of-way and cable conduit space being renewable indefinitely after the
minimum lease term subject to cancellation notice by either party to the
lease. Lease payments in some cases may be adjusted for related revenues,
increases in property taxes, operating costs of the lessor, and increases in
the Consumer Price Index. Lease expense was $1,421,000, $908,000, and
$1,466,000 for 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with
original terms of more than one year as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     RIGHTS-OF-WAY   FIBER     TERMINAL
                       AND CABLE     OPTIC     FACILITY    OFFICE
                     CONDUIT SPACE   CABLE      SPACE      SPACE       TOTAL
                     ------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
   <S>               <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
   1996.............  $  273,280   $  375,340 $  399,414 $1,628,659 $ 2,676,693
   1997.............     273,280      291,168    345,056  1,515,859   2,425,363
   1998.............     273,280      291,168    312,891  1,462,680   2,340,019
   1999.............     273,280      120,791    257,398  1,380,860   2,032,329
   2000.............     273,280       86,716    211,532  1,265,113   1,836,641
   Thereafter.......   1,047,572      173,432    700,413    723,851   2,645,268
                      ----------   ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
                      $2,413,972   $1,338,615 $2,226,704 $7,977,022 $13,956,313
                      ==========   ========== ========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                  INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
12. CONTINGENCIES
 
  On May 3, 1995, the Company asserted a claim for indemnification against the
former shareholder of Phone One Inc. (the "Former Shareholder") for
approximately $1 million on account of various breaches of representations and
warranties made by the Former Shareholder to the Company in the agreement for
the acquisition of Phone One Inc. (the "Phone One Acquisition Agreement"). The
Former Shareholder has objected to the indemnification claim, which is subject
to arbitration under the Phone One Acquisition Agreement. On July 27, 1995,
the Company commenced an arbitration to recover $1,055,859 from the Former
Shareholder. On October 9, 1995, the Former Shareholder filed an answer and
counterclaims contesting the liability and claiming damages for alleged breach
of contract, misrepresentation, interference with business relations, and
violations of state and federal statutes and regulations. The Former
Shareholder claims damages in excess of $2 million and attorneys' fees on the
principal assertion that the Company fraudulently induced the Former
Shareholder to consummate the Phone One Acquisition Agreement by failing to
disclose its alleged intention not to honor its obligations under a related
long distance services agreement. While the indemnification claims and the
counterclaims are in their earliest stages, the Company, after consultation
with counsel, believes that it has meritorious defenses to the counterclaims,
which it will vigorously contest, and that its indemnification claims are
meritorious. The Company is currently engaged in settlement negotiations with
the Former Shareholder. The Company believes that in no event will the action
have a material adverse impact on its financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
 
  The Company is not a party to any other pending legal proceedings except for
various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. The
Company does not believe that these normal course of business claims or
lawsuits will have a material effect on the Company's financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
 
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
  On February 20, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase the
telecommunications assets of EMI Communications Corp. (EMI) in exchange for
937,500 shares of the Company's common stock. Consummation of the acquisition
is subject to receipt of federal and state regulatory and municipal approvals
and certain other conditions. Management of the Company expects all of the
conditions to consummation will be satisfied by September 30, 1996, but there
can be no assurances.
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
Telecommunication Division of
 EMI Communications Corporation
 
  We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Telecommunication
Division of EMI Communications Corporation as of July 31, 1994 and 1995, and
the related statements of operations and divisional equity and cash flows for
each of the two years in the period ended July 31, 1995. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Division's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
  The Telecommunication Division is a part of EMI Communications Corporation
and has no separate legal status or existence. Transactions with EMI
Communications Corporation and its parent, Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation,
are described in the notes to financial statements.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Telecommunication Division
of EMI Communications Corporation at July 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Tampa, Florida
March 8, 1996
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
          TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    JULY 31
                                            ----------------------- JANUARY 31,
                                               1994        1995        1996
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Accounts receivable (less allowance for
   doubtful accounts of $12,500 in 1994,
   1995, and 1996, respectively)........... $ 3,737,927 $ 7,681,387 $ 8,238,646
  Notes receivable and other assets........     108,156     123,369      92,460
  Prepaid expenses.........................     241,709     311,396     371,842
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
    Total current assets...................   4,087,792   8,116,152   8,702,948
Property and equipment, net................  13,522,348  11,282,436  10,040,740
Deposits, deferred charges and other as-
 sets......................................     441,256     331,197     429,054
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Total assets......................... $18,051,396 $19,729,785 $19,172,742
                                            =========== =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND DIVISIONAL EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable......................... $ 4,028,815 $ 4,875,071 $ 4,910,025
  Federal transfer surcharge (Note 7)......   3,497,500   4,556,700   4,556,700
  Accrued compensation, employee benefits,
   pension, and related taxes..............     367,892     355,501     175,795
  Accrued sales and franchise tax..........      91,092     609,845   1,058,264
  Deferred revenue.........................     101,627     140,492      50,187
  Other accrued liabilities................      50,428      56,892      46,469
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
    Total current liabilities..............   8,137,354  10,594,501  10,797,440
Accrued pension and postretirement bene-
 fits......................................     227,055     449,961     574,961
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
                                              8,364,409  11,044,462  11,372,401
Divisional equity..........................   9,686,987   8,685,323   7,800,341
                                            ----------- ----------- -----------
      Total liabilities and divisional eq-
       uity................................ $18,051,396 $19,729,785 $19,172,742
                                            =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
 
          TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DIVISIONAL EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                              YEAR ENDED JULY 31            JANUARY 31
                            ------------------------  ------------------------
                               1994         1995         1995         1996
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES
  Communication service.... $32,920,416  $35,643,585  $17,869,789  $21,026,461
  Microwave service........   4,186,791    4,127,504    1,907,994    2,113,098
  Other....................     205,756      250,775      110,558      118,264
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                             37,312,963   40,021,864   19,888,341   23,257,823
EXPENSES
  Facilities administration
   and maintenance costs...  35,602,603   36,082,066   18,218,031   22,072,370
  Selling, general, and ad-
   ministrative............   3,021,910    2,873,478    1,179,117    1,371,503
  Depreciation and amorti-
   zation..................   5,140,841    5,122,796    2,391,077    2,004,960
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                             43,765,354   44,078,340   21,788,225   25,448,833
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss from operations.......  (6,452,391)  (4,056,476)  (1,899,884)  (2,191,010)
Interest expense, net......    (937,807)    (790,452)    (387,354)    (129,222)
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss before income taxes...  (7,390,198)  (4,846,928)  (2,287,238)  (2,320,232)
Income tax benefit.........  (2,711,889)  (1,763,875)    (832,928)    (845,129)
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net loss...................  (4,678,309)  (3,083,053)  (1,454,310)  (1,475,103)
Divisional equity, begin-
 ning of year..............   9,425,642    9,686,987    9,686,987    8,685,323
Distribution from parent...   4,939,654    2,081,389    1,540,701      590,121
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Divisional equity, end of
 year...................... $ 9,686,987  $ 8,685,323  $ 9,773,378  $ 7,800,341
                            ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
 
          TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                              YEAR ENDED JULY 31            JANUARY 31
                            ------------------------  ------------------------
                               1994         1995         1995         1996
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss..................  $(4,678,309) $(3,083,053) $(1,454,310) $(1,475,103)
Adjustments to reconcile
 net loss to net cash
 provided by operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amorti-
   zation.................    5,140,841    5,122,796    2,391,077    2,004,960
  Gain on sale of proper-
   ty, plant and equip-
   ment...................      (12,221)     (21,831)         --           --
  Changes in operating as-
   sets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable...      194,768   (3,943,460)    (749,721)    (557,259)
    Notes receivable and
     other assets.........      (66,629)     (15,213)       1,526       30,909
    Prepaid expenses......      (70,709)     (69,687)    (341,629)     (60,446)
    Deposits, deferred
     charges and other as-
     sets.................     (114,823)       7,228      (38,087)    (148,857)
    Accounts payable and
     accrued liabilities..     (917,000)   1,359,082   (1,356,396)     293,244
    Federal transfer sur-
     charge...............    1,147,700    1,059,200      566,200          --
    Deferred revenue......      (47,067)      38,865      (21,430)     (90,305)
    Accrued pension and
     post-retirement
     benefits.............      189,597      222,906      105,716      125,000
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by (used
 in) operating activi-
 ties.....................      766,148      676,833     (897,054)     122,143
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and
 equipment................   (5,727,699)  (2,795,123)    (643,647)    (712,264)
Proceeds from sale of
 property and equipment...       21,897       36,901          --           --
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash used in investing
 activities...............   (5,705,802)  (2,758,222)    (643,647)    (712,264)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Distribution from Parent..    4,939,654    2,081,389    1,540,701      590,121
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net cash provided by fi-
 nancing activities.......    4,939,654    2,081,389    1,540,701      590,121
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in
 cash and cash equiva-
 lents....................          --           --           --           --
Cash and cash equivalents,
 beginning of year........          --           --           --           --
                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents,
 end of year..............  $       --   $       --   $       --   $       --
                            ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
       (INFORMATION PERTAINING TO JANUARY 31, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX-MONTH
             PERIODS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1996 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
  The Telecommunication Division of EMI Communications Corporation (the
"Division") is a New York State based telecommunications company which
operates a digital network, offering full-service telecommunications including
systems engineering, interchange transmission facilities, end user
communication services and network management. The Division generally services
governmental entities, commercial end-users, as well as other corporations
primarily in the Northeast United States and Canada.
 
  For the years ended July 31, 1994 and 1995 revenue of 70% and 67%,
respectively, was derived from the Division's primary customer, State of New
York's Office of General Services. In addition, for the years ended July 31,
1994 and 1995 74% and 75%, respectively, of accounts receivable were owed to
the Division by this customer. The Division does not normally obtain
collateral on accounts receivable.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION
 
  The financial statements include only those accounts related to the
Division's operations after elimination of significant intercompany
transactions. All other accounts of EMI Communications Corporation and its
parent, Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation (collectively, the "Parent"), have
not been included in the financial statements since they are not directly
related to the Division's operations.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated over
the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line and
accelerated methods for financial statement reporting and income tax purposes.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
  The Division accounts for income taxes under the liability method as
prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting
and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax
rates and laws that may be in effect when the differences are expected to
reverse. Refer to Note 3.
 
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
  The Division accounts for postretirement benefits other than pensions in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 106 by
accruing the estimated cost of retiree benefits other than pensions during the
employees' active service period. The Division is recognizing the transition
obligation over a 22-year period. Refer to Note 5.
 
DEFERRED REVENUE
 
  Proceeds received from telecommunication customers in advance of services
are deferred at the time of receipt and are included in revenues on a pro rata
basis as the services are provided.
 
 
                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
 
LONG LIVED ASSETS
 
  In March 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of,"
which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amount. Statement No. 121 also addresses the accounting for long-
lived assets that are expected to be disposed of. The Division will adopt
Statement No. 121 for the fiscal year ending July 31, 1997 and, due to the
significant amount of technical equipment maintained by the Division and the
extensive number of estimates to be made to assess the financial impact of
adoption of Statement No. 121, financial statement impact has not yet been
determined.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
INTERCOMPANY ACCOUNTS
 
  All balance sheet related intercompany balances, which resulted from various
transactions between the Division and its Parent, have been presented on a net
basis and included in divisional equity. The balance is primarily the result
of the Division's capitalization and participation in the Parent's central
cash management program.
 
INTERCOMPANY EXPENSE ALLOCATION
 
  The Parent provides various administrative services to the Division
including legal assistance, cash management and management advisory services.
It is the Parent's policy to charge these expenses and all other operating
expense, on both a direct and indirect cost basis. These expenses (which are
included in operating expenses) were $197,550 and $197,550 for the years ended
July 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively. Interest charges have been allocated
based on the assets employed. For the years ended July 31, 1994 and 1995
interest paid was $568,757 and $668,743, respectively. Management believes
these allocation methods are reasonable.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
  The unaudited balance sheet at January 31, 1996 and the unaudited statements
of operations and divisional equity and cash flows for the six-month periods
ended January 31, 1995 and 1996 have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information.
Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required
by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
 
 
                                     F-27
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
  Property and equipment and the related lives for depreciation purposes
consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  JULY 31
                                          ------------------------  DEPRECIABLE
                                             1994         1995         LIVES
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------
   <S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
   Land.................................  $   271,259  $   271,259
   Buildings and improvements...........    1,331,246    1,340,246  10-31 years
   Technical equipment..................   43,905,095   46,352,865    5-7 years
   Other equipment, automobiles, furni-
    ture and fixtures...................    3,970,720    3,953,279    5-7 years
                                          -----------  -----------
                                           49,478,320   51,917,649
   Less accumulated depreciation........  (37,050,275) (41,703,424)
                                          -----------  -----------
                                           12,428,045   10,214,225
   Leasehold improvements, net of
    accumulated amortization of $810,242
    and $860,206 at July 31, 1994 and
    1995, respectively..................    1,094,303    1,068,211   5-31 years
                                          -----------  -----------
                                          $13,522,348  $11,282,436
                                          ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
3. INCOME TAXES
 
  The Division's taxable income is included in the consolidated federal income
tax return filed by the Parent. For financial reporting purposes the
Division's income tax expense or benefit is computed on a separate company
basis, with the resulting current income taxes payable or receivable and
related deferred income taxes settled through the intercompany accounts.
Accordingly, all balance sheet related income tax balances have been presented
on a net basis and included in divisional equity.
 
  The income tax benefit differs from the amount computed by applying the
federal statutory rate to loss before income taxes. The difference is
reconciled as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED JULY 31
                                                     ------------------------
                                                        1994         1995
                                                     -----------  -----------
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Loss before income taxes......................... $(7,390,198) $(4,846,928)
   Federal statutory rate...........................          35%          35%
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                      (2,586,569)  (1,696,425)
   State and local income taxes, net of federal tax
    effect..........................................    (132,872)     (86,317)
   Other............................................       7,552       18,867
                                                     -----------  -----------
   Benefit based on loss............................ $(2,711,889) $(1,763,875)
                                                     ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred income taxes arise principally from differences between financial
reporting and income tax reporting of the federal transfer surcharge, accrued
postretirement and pension benefits, asset valuation allowances and accrued
expenses.
 
4. PENSION PLAN
 
  The Division participates in a Parent-sponsored noncontributory pension plan
which covers substantially all employees. The plan provides participating
employees with retirement benefits in accordance with benefit provision
formulas which are based on years of service and career pay. The Division's
funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the
minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee
 
                                     F-28
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
4. PENSION PLAN--(CONTINUED)
 
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts as the
Division may determine to be appropriate from time to time.
 
  A summary of the components of net periodic pension costs is presented
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED JULY 31
                                                            -------------------
                                                              1994      1995
                                                            --------  ---------
     <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
     Service cost-benefits earned during the period........ $119,689  $ 110,981
     Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.........  117,086    127,169
     Actual return on plan assets..........................  (20,672)  (198,111)
     Net amortization and deferral.........................  (62,598)    90,725
                                                            --------  ---------
     Net periodic pension cost............................. $153,505  $ 130,764
                                                            ========  =========
</TABLE>
 
  Actuarial assumptions used to determine pension costs include a discount
rate of 8.5%, expected long-term rate of return on assets of 9.5%, and
expected rate of increase in future compensation of 5% for all periods shown.
 
  A summary of the Plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the
Division's balance sheets is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JULY 31
                                                     ------------------------
                                                        1994         1995
                                                     -----------  -----------
     <S>                                             <C>          <C>
     Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit
      obligations:
       Vested......................................  $(1,186,458) $(1,330,453)
       Nonvested...................................      (43,423)     (49,642)
                                                     -----------  -----------
                                                      (1,229,881)  (1,380,095)
     Projected compensation increases..............     (309,397)    (327,406)
                                                     -----------  -----------
     Projected benefit obligations.................   (1,539,278)  (1,707,501)
     Plan assets at market value...................    1,156,268    1,400,566
                                                     -----------  -----------
     Projected benefit obligations in excess of
      plan assets..................................     (383,010)    (306,935)
     Unrecognized net transition obligation........       57,348       50,975
     Unrecognized net loss.........................      190,795      104,322
                                                     -----------  -----------
     Pension liability recognized in the balance
      sheets.......................................  $  (134,867) $  (151,638)
                                                     ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
  The components of the pension liability recognized in the balance sheets are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 JULY 31
                                                           --------------------
                                                             1994       1995
                                                           ---------  ---------
     <S>                                                   <C>        <C>
     Current.............................................. $ (58,599) $ (52,745)
     Long-term............................................   (76,268)   (98,893)
                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                           $(134,867) $(151,638)
                                                           =========  =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Plan's assets at July 31, 1994 and 1995 were primarily invested in fixed
income securities, equities and short-term securities.
 
                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
4. PENSION PLAN--(CONTINUED)
 
  In addition to the defined benefit pension plan as described above, the
Division also participates in a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering
substantially all employees. Provisions of the plan allow employees to
contribute a portion of their salary or wages as prescribed under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Division provides an employer
contribution based on a percentage of the employee's contribution. The
employer's contribution was $37,016 and $48,999 for the years ended July 31,
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
5. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
  The Division participates in a Parent-sponsored postretirement health care
and life insurance plan to retirees and eligible dependents. These benefits
are funded as incurred from the general assets of the Division. Prior to July
31, 1993, the cost of retiree health care and life insurance benefits was
charged to expense as premiums were paid (pay-as-you-go-basis).
 
  Effective August 1, 1993, the Division adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions." This Statement requires that the cost of
postretirement benefits be accrued during an employee's active working career
instead of recognizing this cost on the cash basis. In accordance with
Statement No. 106, the transition obligation, representing the unrecognized
accumulated past-service benefit obligation for all plan participants, may be
recognized as a cumulative effect of an accounting change or may be amortized
on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active
plan participants. The Division has elected to amortize the $783,450 of
transitional obligation on a straight-line basis over 22 years. For the years
ended July 31, 1994 and 1995, the adoption of the statement resulted in an
increase in postretirement benefit cost of $150,787 and $200,281,
respectively.
 
  A summary of the components of net periodic other postretirement benefit
costs relating to the Plan is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED JULY 31
                                                            -------------------
                                                              1994      1995
                                                            --------- ---------
     <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
     Service cost--benefits earned during the year......... $  62,305 $  82,538
     Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.........    62,299    88,144
     Net amortization and deferral.........................    35,611    37,430
                                                            --------- ---------
     Net postretirement benefit cost....................... $ 160,215 $ 208,112
                                                            ========= =========
</TABLE>
 
  Actuarial assumptions used to determine the liability for the postretirement
benefits other than pensions included the assumed weighted average discount
rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation of 8.5% and the assumed weighted average
rate of increase in future compensation levels related to pay-related life
insurance benefits of 5.0% for all periods shown.
 
  The future health care cost trend rate for the year ended July 31, 1995 was
approximately 14% and is assumed to decrease to 7% by the year 2006 and remain
at that approximate level thereafter. The health care trend rate assumption
has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing the
assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point would increase the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligations by $299,627 and increase the
aggregate of the service and interest cost components of the net
postretirement benefit costs by $57,070 for the year ended July 31, 1995.
 
  The Division has not prefunded any of its postretirement health and life
insurance liabilities, and consequently, there are no expected returns on
assets anticipated in the calculation of expense.
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS--(CONTINUED)
 
  A schedule reconciling the accumulated benefit obligation with the
Division's recorded liability follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JULY 31
                                                       ----------------------
                                                         1994        1995
                                                       ---------  -----------
     <S>                                               <C>        <C>
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
       Retirees....................................... $(112,698) $  (124,637)
       Fully eligible active participants.............  (173,328)    (217,276)
       Other active participants......................  (515,843)    (861,851)
                                                       ---------  -----------
     Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation....  (801,869)  (1,203,764)
     Unrecognized net loss (gain).....................   (96,757)     140,469
     Unrecognized transition obligation...............   747,839      712,227
                                                       ---------  -----------
     Accrued noncurrent postretirement benefit
      recognized in the balance sheets................ $(150,787) $  (351,068)
                                                       =========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
  At July 31, 1994 and 1995, the Division has issued letters of credit
amounting to $6,023,000 and $5,780,000, respectively, related to performance
guarantees on contracts with a customer and a vendor.
 
  The Division is obligated under long-term leases expiring at various dates
through 2008. Certain leases contain renewal options. The leases generally
provide that the Division shall pay adjustments for property taxes, insurance,
utilities, and other related charges.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of
July 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     YEAR                                                              AMOUNT
     ----                                                            -----------
     <S>                                                             <C>
     1996........................................................... $ 2,849,928
     1997...........................................................   2,329,665
     1998...........................................................   2,062,885
     1999...........................................................   1,640,367
     2000...........................................................     866,387
     Thereafter.....................................................     981,529
                                                                     -----------
                                                                     $10,730,761
                                                                     ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Rent expense under these leases totaled $2,557,546 and $2,371,905 for the
years ended July 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
         TELECOMMUNICATION DIVISION OF EMI COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--(CONTINUED)
 
  Aggregate future minimum rentals to be received under noncancelable
subleases, expiring on various dates through 2008, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     YEAR                                                               AMOUNT
     ----                                                             ----------
     <S>                                                              <C>
     1996............................................................ $  744,704
     1997............................................................    534,587
     1998............................................................    424,337
     1999............................................................    332,719
     2000............................................................    176,417
     Thereafter......................................................    151,925
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $2,364,689
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>
 
7. FEDERAL TRANSFER SURCHARGE
 
  During March 1995, the State of New York's Office of General Services
("OGS") contested the billing of certain Federal Transfer Surcharges from
January 1, 1991 through February 1995. The Division negotiated with OGS and on
December 14, 1995 a settlement was reached for the disputed surcharges.
 
  Included in operations for the years ended July 31, 1994 and 1995 is
$1,147,700 and $1,059,200, respectively, including interest charges of
$137,000 and $127,000, respectively, in connection with this settlement. No
further charges to operations for this settlement are expected and the
settlement is expected to be paid beginning in April 1996.
 
8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
  On February 20, 1996, the Parent entered into an agreement to sell the
property and equipment of the Division, as well as assign customer lists,
certain contracts and leases, to Intermedia Communications of Florida, Inc.
(ICI) for 937,500 shares of ICI common stock. Consummation of the transaction
is subject to receipt of certain regulatory approvals and certain other
conditions.
 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>
 
                                                       APPENDIX A TO PROSPECTUS
 
                                   GLOSSARY
 
  Access charges--The charges paid by long distance carriers to the local
telephone companies for accessing the local networks of the local telephone
companies to originate and terminate long distance calls.
 
  ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)--An information transfer standard that is
one of a general class of packet technologies that relay traffic by way of an
address contained within the first five bytes of a standard fifty-three byte-
long packet or cell. The ATM format can be used by many different information
systems, including LANs, to deliver traffic at varying rates, permitting a mix
of data, voice and video.
 
  Bandwidth--The range of frequencies that can be passed through a medium,
such as glass fibers, without distortion. The greater the bandwidth, the
greater the information-carrying capacity of such medium. For fiber optic
transmission, electronic transmitting devices determine the bandwidth, not the
fibers themselves.
 
  CAP (Competitive Access Provider)--A company that provides its customers
with an alternative to the local telephone company for local transport of
private line, special access and transport of switched access
telecommunications services. CAPs are also referred to in the industry as
alternative local telecommunications service providers (ALTS) and metropolitan
area network providers (MANs) and were formerly referred to as alternative
access vendors (AAVs).
 
  Central office--The switching center or central switching facility of a
local telephone company.
 
  CENTREX--Central office based alternative for a private business exchange.
 
  Dark fiber--Refers to fiber optic cables absent the electronic components
that transmit telecommunications traffic through such cables.
 
  Dedicated--Refers to telecommunications lines dedicated to or reserved for
use by particular customers along predetermined routes (in contrast to
telecommunications lines within the local telephone company's public switched
network).
 
  Digital--Describes a method of storing, processing and transmitting
information through the use of distinct electronic or optical pulses that
represent the binary digits 0 and 1. Digital transmission and switching
technologies employ a sequence of these pulses to represent information, as
opposed to the continuously variable analog signal.
 
  Diverse routing--Describes a telecommunications facility where the
telecommunications signals are transported simultaneously in two different
directions (either over the same cable or over different cables) so that, if
the cable is cut, the traffic can continue without interruption to its
destination. ICI's networks, like the networks of many carriers, provide
diverse routing by virtue of their ring-like architecture, which permits
traffic to be transported simultaneously to its destination in opposite
directions along the ring.
 
  Enhanced network services--Telecommunications services providing digital
connectivity, primarily for data applications, via frame relay, ATM, or
digital interexchange private line facilities. Enhanced network services also
include applications on such networks, including Internet access and other
Internet services.
 
  FCC--Federal Communications Commission.
 
  Fiber mile--Refers to the number of route miles along a telecommunications
path multiplied by the number of fibers along that path. See the definition of
"route mile" below.
 
  Frame relay--A wide area transport technology that organizes data into units
called frames instead of providing fixed bandwidth as with private lines.
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
 
  Hubs--Collection centers located centrally in an area where
telecommunications traffic can be aggregated at a central point for transport
and distribution.
 
  Interconnection Decisions--Rulings by the FCC announced in September 1992,
August 1993 and July 1994 which require the RBOCs and most other LECs to
provide interconnection in LEC central offices to any CAP, long distance
carrier or end user seeking such interconnection for the provision of
interstate special access and switched access transport services.
 
  Interexchange Services--Often called long distance services, these are
telecommunications services all offered through circuit switched network
devices. Interexchange Services include outbound and inbound calling services,
calling card and related features.
 
  Interoperability--The ability of systems to interact in a seamless fashion.
 
  IXC (IntereXchange Carrier)--A long distance carrier providing services
between local exchanges on an intrastate or interstate basis. A long distance
carrier may also be a long distance resale company.
 
  LAN (Local Area Network)--Refers to the interconnection of computers for the
purpose of sharing files, programs and printers. LANs may include dedicated
computers or file servers that provide a centralized source of shared files
and programs.
 
  LATA--Refers to a Local Access and Transport Area. A geographic area (one of
161 in the United States) established at the time AT&T divested the regional
Bell operating companies. LECs and competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs)
are authorized as the carriers of telecommunications within a LATA. IXCs
typically carry telecommunications traffic between or among LATAs. Regulations
vary from state to state.
 
  LEC (Local Exchange Carrier)--A company providing local telephone services.
 
  Local exchange--A geographic area determined by the appropriate state
regulatory authority in which calls generally are transmitted without toll
charges to the calling or called party.
 
  Local Exchange Services--Switched telecommunications services that connect
telephone users to each other, within the metropolitan area. These services
include "local dial tone" services such as business lines, CENTREX services
and related features and switched access to IXC networks.
 
  Local Network Services--Telecommunications services provided within a
metropolitan area. These services include local exchange, switched and special
access, and local private line services.
 
  Node--An individual point of origination or termination of data on the ICI
enhanced data network.
 
  POP (Point Of Presence)--Locations where a carrier has installed
transmission equipment in a service area that serves as, or relays calls to, a
network switching center of that carrier.
 
  Private line--Refers to a dedicated telecommunications connection between
different locations.
 
  RBOC--Regional Bell operating company.
 
  Redundant electronics--Describes a telecommunications facility using two
separate electronic devices to transmit the telecommunications signal so that
if one device malfunctions, the signal may continue without interruption.
ICI's networks typically use redundant electronics.
 
  Route mile--A geographical measure defined as one physical mile of fiber
optic cable, regardless of the number of telecommunications paths within that
cable. See the definition of "fiber mile" above.
 
  SONET (Synchronous Optical NETwork)--A family of fiber optic transmission
rates created to provide the flexibility needed to transport many digital
signals with different capacities, and to provide a design standard for
manufacturers.
 
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
 
  Special access services--Refers to a private, dedicated telecommunications
lines or "circuits" along the network of a local telephone company or
alternative local exchange carrier (such as ICI), which line or circuit runs
to or from the POPs of long distance carriers. Examples of special access
services are telecommunications lines running between POPs of a single long
distance carrier, from one long distance carrier's POPs to the POPs of another
long distance carrier, or from the business or government customer to its long
distance carrier's POPs. Special access services do not require the use of
switches.
 
  Switch--Refers to, in modern telephony, an electronic device that selects
and connects circuits together to create a path for a telecommunications
transaction. These devices are available to handle voice and data.
 
  Switched access services--Refers to transportation of switched traffic along
dedicated lines between a local exchange providers' central offices and a long
distance carriers' POPs.
 
  Switched local services--Refers to local "dial tone" services such as those
offered by the LECs. These services are now becoming open to competition in
many states.
 
  Switched traffic--Refers to telecommunications traffic that traverse any
switched network (i.e., not on dedicated lines). This traffic is switched at a
carrier's facility.
 
  Systems integration--Refers to a professional service comprised of
consulting, engineering, furnishing, installing, and/or maintaining various
hardware and software systems for a particular customer purpose.
 
  VSAT (Very Small Aperture Terminal)--Refers to a means of transporting and
delivering data via satellite transmission.
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
 
                         
                     [DIAGRAM OF ICI INTEGRATED SERVICES]      


<PAGE>
 
================================================================================
 
 NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMA-
TION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER OTHER THAN
THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPA-
NY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF
ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES, NOR DOES IT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHO-
RIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALI-
FIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUN-
DER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN
NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE IN-
FORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
 
                                ---------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Available Information....................................................   4
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..........................   4
Prospectus Summary.......................................................   5
Risk Factors.............................................................  15
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  20
Capitalization...........................................................  21
Selected Financial and Other Operating Data..............................  22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  24
Business.................................................................  31
Management...............................................................  49
Description of Other Indebtedness........................................  52
Description of the Senior Discount Notes.................................  52
Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations................................  77
Underwriting.............................................................  80
Legal Matters............................................................  81
Experts..................................................................  81
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
Glossary................................................................. A-1
</TABLE>
 
================================================================================
================================================================================
 
               [LOGO OF INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS APPEARS HERE]
 
                           INTERMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS
                                OF FLORIDA, INC.
 
 
                                 $330,000,000
 
                        12 1/2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES
                                   DUE 2006
 
 
                                ---------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                                ---------------
 
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                              MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
                                 INCORPORATED

                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                                  May 8, 1996
 
================================================================================


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission